Fandom

Alternate History

1680 to 1689 (Principia Moderni III Map Game)

40,551pages on
this wiki
Add New Page
Talk0 Share

Ad blocker interference detected!


Wikia is a free-to-use site that makes money from advertising. We have a modified experience for viewers using ad blockers

Wikia is not accessible if you’ve made further modifications. Remove the custom ad blocker rule(s) and the page will load as expected.

Archive Twenty-Eight:

1660 - 1669

Archive Twenty-Nine:

1680 - 1689

Archive Thirty:

1690 - 1699

This page is an archive for the Principia Moderni III map game, from 1680 to 1689.

1680

It's been like, three minutes. -Sky

^ Totally unacceptable. Preparing the impeachments. Cookiedamage (talk) 02:43, November 8, 2014 (UTC)

OUTRAGEOUS!!! THREE FLIPIN' MINUTES THAT WE WAITED. WE WASTED 180 SECONDS ON DOING NOTHING. I CALL B*LLSH*T ON THIS!!! Saturn (Talk/Blog) 04:37, November 8, 2014 (UTC)

Calm down, Sat. you're late to the party.

  • Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the unorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, known to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere.
    • Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
    • Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1676.
    • Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
    • Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
    • North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
    • South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. Troops late in the year are begun to mobilized from the area, meeting up with Dutch military ships in The area.
    • Biak: The colony expands by 20 px.
  • Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy, therefore importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan. [Mil/Eco Turn]
    • Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisin Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisin Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes[Mil/Eco Turn]

Posting for Rimp via request. Saturn (Talk/Blog) 00:49, November 8, 2014 (UTC)

  • Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands its infrastructure, its subjects expand their economies.
  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
  • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
  • Suri Empire: Sultan Asad Khan Lari weds his daughter, Princess Aasmaa to Prince Sulimen VI of The Damascan Sultanate, creating a dynastic rule. Sultan Asad Khan Lari, after seeing immediate success of opium in Multan, he promotes the production of cannabis (indica) Border patrols continue. We continue to expand our military, bringing it to 175,000. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. After years of research, the students of Kahn Pir Islam developed a method to produce firearms at a much higher rate. Friendly relations with Urdustan and Lanka continue. Missions are sent into Tibet to spread the word of The Prophet Mohamed and Allah, they also assist in the construction of roads. The Sultan promotes local governors who are loyal to the thrown to lead all vassals of the Empire. We request 24 pixels from the Demak Sultanate to build a port (around your northern island) to help expand our ... business ... ventures. Ships can be seen leaving our port with mysterious cargo. To assist his uncle in the war with Georgia, Sultan Asad Khan Lari sends 20,000 of his finest to The Damascan Sultanate.

I wouldn't consider them selling an island plausible, especially with the condition of your navy. Also, your navy wouldn't really be that good. Just ask the mods. Saturn (Talk/Blog) 02:34, November 8, 2014 (UTC)

I would consider it very plausible since Urdustan is my close ally, along with Demak, and I have ships. Would you say the same thing about Port Hejaz since it's just about as far away? The Bearded B*st*rd (talk) 04:02, November 8, 2014 (UTC)

Just because you have a world class trading power as your ally doesn't affect your navy one bit. Besides the fact that you've most likely have some of his older ships. That strip of land is in a strategic location, while this is in the middle of nowhere. In fact, I don't even see why you even have that strip of land to begin with. A nation wouldn't give up their most important aspects of trade just to give it to its ally, especially if the ally barely has an entrance to the sea to begin with. FYI, Slad, you're practically landlocked on every side except for 5 pixels against the bottom. How could you even have your own fleet if you barely even have access to the sea, and even if you do have more (which I think you do), you can't just magically summon a new navy out of thin air. Saturn (Talk/Blog) 04:37, November 8, 2014 (UTC)

    • Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
    • Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Infrastructure is expanded. With the construction of (OTL) Fatehpuri Masjid brings in Muslims from all over south east Asia. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
    • Multan (vassal of the Suri Empire): Wāli Ahkeen Farooqui promotes the growth of tobacco and poppy (opium). Opium dens become popular. Our economy is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper and positive trading is continued. with Urdustan. We request Urdustani ships to help protect our trade into Indonesia and The Philippines.
    • Ladakh (vassal of the Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
    • Port Hejaz: Wāli Abduhl Achbaar continues to expand Port Hejaz's infrastructure. Our navy is expanded to 12 ships from our original ten. We continue to offer trade with Rome.
  • |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland through the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The war ends with the capture of Natchez and creation of the vassal Kingdom of Cahokie under French control and the beginning of the population by French settlers. The nation is once more mobilized after raids from Natchez tribesman occur from Chahta. War is declared on Chahta after three months of continues raids from the populations that fleed from the kingdom of Cahokia
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them. The war troops return as the war ends early on the year.
    • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.  war is declared on Chahta
    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. war is declared on Chahta
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%. The war troops return as the war ends early on the year.
    • French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue to be built to outlying villages and plantations continue to be built.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. war is declared on Chahta
    • Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
    • Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle.
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan and Ulsan.
  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ashinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippewa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The navy continues to improve, but it and the merchant marine remain relatively primitive. Merchants are excited by the idea of trading directly with Europe, and interest in finding a harbour to use as a stopping point on the way there grows. Meanwhile, the primitive (nonexistent, almost) shipyards at Nhu Euskadi are modernized. Contact with the Beothuk on Newfoundland leads fishermen to begin fishing the Grand Banks. Igulik becomes a valued harbour, and expands 200 km. The population of the Nehilaw domains reaches 500,000; with vassals, the population is 950,000.
    • Chippewa: The economy improves, while numerous Crees immigrate.
    • Mackinac: The economy improves.
    • Odawa: The economy improves.
    • Chisasibi: The economy improves.
    • North Ojibwe: The economy improves.

Netherlands: Maurice II now 20 is in need of a queen. The young king vows to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influencial among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidence of the new States-General lead by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation  is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and sicentific development continues in the Netherlands lead by the university of Brussels. Trader and scientist Philips van Leeuwenhoek discovers bacteria while looking throuh a microscope his findings are published in the Dutch academic circles (OTL bacteria was discovered by a Dutch in 1676 with the same last name simple doing the honors XD). This is an addition to Pskov's work on biology and opens up the academic circles to greater investment in biology. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies were Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin. War is declared on Pagaruyung to secure Southern Sumatra, and the Sunda Pass in order re-inforce Dutch economic dominance in the East Indies, and to reduce the capacity of Pagaruyung to resist Dutch power. (The goal is economic and territorial gains in Southern Sumatra. It is a non-fatal attack). The Attack is lead by the East indies Company with 5000 re-inforcements and siege weapons from the Lowlands. (need an algo, please)

  • Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei, and the Malay Peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Leading the attack on Pagaruyung the company lands 15,000 Company troops, plus the 5000 troops from Europe and artillery. The Dutch navy engages in Naval combat the Pagaruyung navy across the Sunda Pass and along the Sumatran coast.
  • Jehore and Brunei: economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. a local malay regiment is created from company troops to help administrate the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. Jehore supplies 2,000 troops for the campaign while Brunei supplies 3,000.
  • Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
  • Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 14,000 white settlers and some 9000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers coontinue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
  • The Cherokee Nation: Continues its military build up as General Galegenoh pushes eastward into the chaotic unorganized ex-Cahokian territory east of the Cherokee nation. King Degataga sends more support as the Cherokee nation expands 2000 sq km eastward into the ex-Cahokian territory as General Galegenoh pushes for a larger invasion opposed to the previous years of raids and slow expansion. The entirety of General Galegenoh pushes into the ex-Cahokian territory after King Degataga issued demands for the territory to be quickly pacified and annexed. This move is supported nation wide as the expansion makes the trade routes to the European colonies much more secure and propaganda for Cherokee nationalism begins to circulate.
  • Wu China: We attack the Min with the full support of Japan and the Wu Navy. 150,000 Troops are sent in to deal with this recent endeavour. As we improve military, renovation is done to the capital.
  • Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Economy turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. The Sabor reform ends. The educational reform begins with the creation of new universities in Red Croatia, White Croatia and Carantania (and to a lesser extent in Poland) and the blossoming of numerous new writers who, unlike before, adopt an writing style by looking up to the Ancient Greek and Roman writers. The Čudoljubovo University's works are slowly being copied and transferred to Red Croatia, primarily Zadar and Zagreb with both having major universities either built or improved such as the Zagreb University, consisting of natural sciences, philosophy, law and theology (prirodoslovlje, mudroslovlje, pravo i bogoslovlje). Alojz's third son is born. With the Bajan creating tensions over Gdanjsk, the Sabor suggests to call up the French and Pskovians to discuss the issues. 
    • ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. Timurism continues to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
    • Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
    • Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
    • Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
    • Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
    • Isles of the Grand Bajanate: The colonizers push inward, expanding onto the unsettled part of the isles. Croats primarily begin settling the new lands.
  • The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reliability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity. The Academia Canterbrigae releases its first peer reviewed journal, the Commentarium 'Academia Canterbrigae.
    • Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
    • Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
    • New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
    • Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
    • Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
    • New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
    • Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
    • Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
    • L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
  • Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 15.1 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. Colonization of Hawaii continues (5 px). The Privateers are continually hired against the French.
      • ​Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well.
      • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
      • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 
      • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
      • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
      • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
      • Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
      • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
      • Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 20,000.
      • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. 
      • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
      • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
      • Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
      • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
      • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
      • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities.  New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 3.9 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is achieved in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty.
      • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 105,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
      • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 375,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
      • Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty go underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
      • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized italians living along the coast.
      • East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories. 
      • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
      • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 120,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory. 
      • Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
      • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
      • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top of the line ships.
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1680, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 50, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has five children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoration. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In military news, Leopold and the Curia Bavaria vote on several army reforms in Bavaria proper. The army reforms commence in 1669, and make very slow progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by gradually sweeping away feudal levies. The standing army is to be formalized with greater detail than ever before, and several armies, regiments, and compositions are to be created. In political news, Leopold II continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. In other news, Leopold II begins suffering acute pains in his abdomen and legs. These pains continue for the rest of the year but do not seriously impair the King.
    • Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 50, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
    • Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining in or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 20, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg.  A daughter is born to Albert and Maria, whom the Margrave names Karolina. The second meeting curated by Diefenbach occurs.
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 40, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669). Mary of Pomerania is married to Henry von Hamburg in a matrilineal match, so children would be under the Wittelsbach dynasty. Franz-Ballard, knowing he is unable to produce children, and does not care much for another marriage, declares Mary to be his heir. 
    • Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
    • New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
    • Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Pearl River after the outpost itself.
  • Ethiopia: Military Turn.
    • Amhara Empire: We expand westward. Please add us to the map!
  • Ayutthaya: We continue to focus on our rapid modernisation of military and expansion of both defences in Ayutthaya, Lanna and the Ayutthayan Nicobar. We continue to strengthen our relations with The Japanese Empire and Lanka. Dramatic military expansion is underway and we use large amounts of our savings to pay for an increase in military, especially large ground forces.
    • Lanna: Lanna has now been officially re-joined with Ayutthaya with complete annexation. This is followed with a large amount of military activity and Ayutthayan influence in the region.
    • Ayutthayan Nicobar: The population of Nicobar increases and we continue our trade and open transport between both Ayutthayan Nicobar and Lankan Islands in the Nicobar. The Thai population alone in Nicobar reaches 184,000. This is followed with large expansion into the central mountain regions, and lots of land clearance. We continue to expand our military and naval bases on Nicobar. 
  • County of Oldenburg: The economy is focussed on, with the government putting mone into agriculture and guilds. Neu Juist expands 200 km South down the peninsula.
    • Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The city of Osnabruck is still only just recovering from the collective hangover of the 100th annual Buhnefest. The economy is pretty sluggish, the militia hasn't been on maneuvers for years, and infrastructure is starting to look a bit tattered. 
  • The Kiatagmiut Band starts, under new Great Elder Aklaq, to expand into the Ogulmiut lands, bringing them the most advanced latest in technology as we move along while an increased emphasis is placed on integration and repopulation. At this point in time, the Band is quite strong and is able to expand with much greater rapidity. This private domestication policy is really popular and helps speed up the domestication process immensely. Trade by qayaq continues at the outposts at Agdaaĝux̂ and Gidighuyghatno’ Xidochagg Qay’. I'mlos'taga'in's adventures with the Yugtun language continue, and he plans to convert the language to a form that will accept being written. To do this, he starts to enlist the help of the High Shaman, who is currently very forward-thinking.
  • In Pskov, tensions rise with the French over their ownership and the very ambiguous nature of the city of Danzig's status. While the city itself is outside direct influence of the New Veche, the members almost unanimously agree that in order to quell tensions and prevent a war between two empires, a peaceful, diplomatic solution must be reached. The Economy and Production capacity of the nation grow as the more succesful entrepreneurs increase their investments into training and acquiring more assets. THe GDP rises along with average wages. The Veche passes a law, in accordance with tradition, banning the displacement of people temporarily in order to facilitate the census from the 1st of January of 1680 to the 31st of July of 1680. PreThe New Veche hopes that the new preprations for the census are made, as the local branches of the Ministry of Statistics prepare to go around the nation and count the people living in it. New estimates put the population of the city of Pskov at over or near 400 00 people. In any case, the Pskovian people go about their lives, many preparing to be censused once more. With the aging of the Supreme Princess Elena, the issue of how to go about selecting electors is brought up by the Veche. With the establishment of the National Duma in Belarus, all of the Union of Konigsberg nations have left the direct control of Pskov, while indirect control still exists. However, because of this, if the current system of election continues, with 1000 members from Pskov choosing, this will likely create problems with ... well ... local Members of Parliaments in the other UK Nations might react adversely to not being allowed a voice in the election. The economic growth of the nations has allowed the refurbishing of the old navy, and construction of more and more merchant navy and war navy boats, increasing Pskov's naval power. the Nizhegorodsk-na-Narve Arsenal prides itself as the world's "most effective shipyard". It is also one of the largest in the Nation. The Members of the New Veche (MNVs) are happy that the situation in Danzig did not escalate yet to violence, and as they feel responsible for the other Union Nations, want to act as a beacon fo peace in the issue, although some are not happy with the "administrative privilege" given to the Croats (most of them were also against ratifying the treaty of Bratislava. In any case, The Posadnik of Pskov decides to organize and official meeting of all the Heads of Government of the Union of Konigsberg, which, after many months of planning, happens in Riga on the 6th of October. There, the first issue of Electors is brought up, including the issue with Danzig that is angering many United Republic citizens, many considering Danzig still a core of the Republic. The Census is held this year, and people are not allowed to move around. In the Grand Summit this year, the Heads of Government discuss the potential problem that might arise at Elena's death. However, they agree to meet next year once the census results across the union are complied.
    • The Federal Republic of Eesti reacts with indifference to the tensions building up in Danzig. "It's not really our problem, let the United Republic deal with it" is the general sentiment to people that either know about it, or are peripheraly involved, like the Riigikogu. In any case the military is upgraded with flintlocks and whatnot. The Peaminister of Eesti agrees to meet in Riga, and attends what he dubbed the "Grand Summit".
    • In Latvia, economic dev happens as farming methods are improved, and Pskovina merchants invest in possible future profits. The President of the Seima attends the Grand Summit
    • In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit.
    • In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care of the fate of the "lesser" nobility). In any case, the Prussian army waits at the gates of Danzig, hoping to gain access to the city. However, the French do not let them in, and refuse to give taxes, as Danzig belonging to France is not official in any treaty, but rather de facto. This is due to the change in administration, and the public outcry by the new leader of the Bundestag. In any case, this might actually harm some people, so many prussians living in cities watch the situation with great care ... or at least try to in the era of information traveling very slowly. The Chancellor attends the Grand Summit.
  • Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are built up.
    • Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military and economy are built up.

1681

This is getting ridiculous. 50 seconds late?? wow ... Cookiedamage (talk) 01:01, November 9, 2014 (UTC)

Give 'em a break, it was only 51 seconds. ;) CNC1 Nod EmblemAternix!?Atheism 02:39, November 9, 2014 (UTC)

  • Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands its infrastructure, its subjects expand their militaries.
  • Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the unorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, known to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere.
    • Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
    • Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1676.
    • Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
    • Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
    • North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
    • South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. Troops late in the year are begun to mobilized from the area, meeting up with Dutch military ships in The area.
    • Biak: The colony expands by 20 px.
  • Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy, therefore importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan. [Mil/Eco Turn]
    • Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisin Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisin Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes[Mil/Eco Turn]

Posting for Rimp via request. The only thing I would complain about here is the lack of flavour mod events ... not necessarily bad or good but for the past while there was basically nothing ... time is time ... -Lx (leave me a message)Azarath Flag

  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
  • Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V celebrates his 56th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 415,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 255,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 27.3 million. Relations with Urdustan are increased. Light flintlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 280,000. Prince Sulimen VI is now 31. Prince Sulimen VI has a son with Princess Aasmaa he is named Sulimen VII. Damascus and Suri enter a Dynastic Union. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the edges. We increase relations with the Suri Empire and Demak Sultanate. We continue to help the Kingdom of Nubia become Islamic, we send more holymen to spread the word of Muhammad and God. Sulimen VII is 11. We give an enclave to the Suri EmpireWe declare war on the Kingdom of Georgia. We thank the Suri Empire for their 25,000 soldiers, and use them in the war of Georgia.
    • Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa has made Aleppraqht a vital economic trading area on the coast of Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
    • Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and infrastructure expands. With the small 10 px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
    • Cairo (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 325,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. We continue expanding the port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
    • Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swathed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand military. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed. Centralization begins and the differences of culture begins to splice.
  • |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland through the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The war with Chahta ends by the end of the year after the succesfull capture of the local leadership and the nominall annexation to the kingdom of Cahokienne ( and partial annexation to Rouennelle), war troops return to the metropolitan area of the colony military remains alert
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
    • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.The war troops return as the war ends later on the year.
    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.The war troops return as the war ends later on the year.
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
    • French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue to be built to outlying villages and plantations continue to be built.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.The war troops return as the war ends later on the year.
    • Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
    • Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle.
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan and Ulsan.
  • County of Oldenburg: The army is built up, majorly. Many more men are drafted in, and the Regency Council is determined that the army will become a more professional unit. The navy is upgraded, with two ships being laid down, with sleek new hulls and a new and improved sail layout.
    • Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The fun-loving prince-Bishop dies. His successor, whilst not being a bore to the same extent as one of his infamous predecessors, is much more driven. He puts a lot of effort into putting the Bishopric's affairs back in order. 
  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ashinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippewa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The navy continues to improve, but it and the merchant marine remain relatively primitive. Merchants are excited by the idea of trading directly with Europe, and interest in finding a harbour to use as a stopping point on the way there grows. Meanwhile, the primitive (nonexistent, almost) shipyards at Nhu Euskadi are modernized. Contact with the Beothuk on Newfoundland leads fishermen to begin fishing the Grand Banks. Igulik becomes a valued harbour, and expands 200 km.
    • Chippewa: The military improves, while numerous Crees immigrate.
    • Mackinac: The military improves.
    • Odawa: The military improves.
    • Chisasibi: The military improves.
    • North Ojibwe: The military improves.
  • Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a backseat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 5,300,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (170,000), then Peru (80,000), Machu Picchu (65,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Cava hits the age of 63, with her son, Huascar (35), set to take the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother, Maitia (27), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (20) The city of Hauri begins reconstuction.
    • Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,300,000. Chirbaya Cuzco has a population of 75,000.
    • Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 1,200,000. Chan Chan has a population of 127,000.
    • Collaquimbaya: Expansion ends. Military and economy improve. Population stands at 70,000. The city of Apeac stands at a population of 4000.
  • Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Military turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. The Sabor reform ends. The educational reform begins with the creation of new universities in Red Croatia, White Croatia and Carantania (and to a lesser extent in Poland) and the blossoming of numerous new writers who, unlike before, adopt an writing style by looking up to the Ancient Greek and Roman writers. The Čudoljubovo University's works are slowly being copied and transfered to Red Croatia, primarily Zadar and Zagreb with both having major universities either built or improved such as the Zagreb University, consisting of natural sciences, philosophy, law and theology (prirodoslovlje, mudroslovlje, pravo i bogoslovlje). Alojz's third son is born. With the Bajan creating tensions over Gdanjsk, the Sabor suggests to call up the French and Pskovians to discuss the issues. Since Bohemia officially declared Poland an enemy of the state, relations wither.
    • ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. Timurism continues to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
    • Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
    • Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
    • Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
    • Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
    • Isles of the Grand Bajanate: The colonizers push inward, expanding onto the unsettled part of the isles. Croats primarily begin settling the new lands.
  • The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reliability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity. The Academia Canterbrigae releases its first peer reviewed journal, the Commentarium 'Academia Canterbrigae.
    • Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
    • Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
    • New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
    • Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
    • Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
    • New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
    • Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
    • Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
    • L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
  • The Cherokee Nation: Continues its military expansion as General Galegenoh pushes eastward into the chaotic unorganized ex-Cahokian territory east of the Cherokee nation. King Degataga sends more support as the Cherokee nation expands 2500 sq km eastward into the ex-Cahokian territory as General Galegenoh pushes his invasion further. It is expected that soon all of the former Cahokian territory will be annexed by the Cherokee, the people (mainly merchants traversing these dangerous Cahokian roads) rejoice.
  • Scandinavian Empire: As peace is restored after the Alleghany Wars, Scandinavia proposes the creation of a new colony in the area called Jansylvania, named after Jans Eriksen, who discovered the area in the early 1500s. The capital is set at a trading post deep in Alleghany territory. The city is called Fritzborg after the general in charge of taking the land. Explorers work to explore lands along the Ohio River and along the Great Lakes. In the meantime, Scandinavian traders in the Sri Lanka region bring back with them a dodo bird. These birds, which have become increasingly rare, have captivated and marveled the Scandinavian public. It survives the voyage back to Scandinavia. There, King Kristoffer takes an interest in purchasing the bird. He does so and keeps one of the last known dodos as a pet.
    • Helluland: The economy is established.
    • Iceland: The economy is improved.
    • Huronsmark: The economy is improved.
    • Karelia: The economy expands.
    • New Gotland: The economy expands.
    • Schleswig: The economy is expanded.
    • Sjösmark: The economy is expanded this year as new rifles make it to Sjösmark. 
    • Strombek: The economy is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km.
    • Vinland: The economy is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km
  • Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are built up.
    • Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military and economy are built up.
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1681, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 51, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has five children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoration. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In military news, Leopold and the Curia Bavaria vote on several army reforms in Bavaria proper. The army reforms commence in 1669, and make very slow progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by gradually sweeping away feudal levies. The standing army is to be formalized with greater detail than ever before, and several armies, regiments, and compositions are to be created. In political news, Leopold II continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. King Leopold II continues to suffer from acute pains in his abdomen and legs.
    • Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 51, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
    • Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining in or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 21, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg.  A daughter is born to Albert and Maria, whom the Margrave names Karolina. 
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 41, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669). Mary of Pomerania is married to Henry von Hamburg in a matrilineal match, so children would be under the Wittelsbach dynasty. Franz-Ballard, knowing he is unable to produce children, and does not care much for another marriage, declares Mary to be his heir. 
    • Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
    • New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
    • Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Pearl River after the outpost itself.
  • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
  • Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea, and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia.
    • Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols.
    • Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
  • The Kiatagmiut Band continues, under new Great Elder Aklaq, to expand into the Ogulmiut lands, bringing them the most advanced latest in technology as we move along while an increased emphasis is placed on integration and repopulation. At this point in time, the Band is quite strong and is able to expand with much greater rapidity. This private domestication policy is really popular and helps speed up the domestication process immensely. Trade by qayaq continues at the outposts at Agdaaĝux̂ and Gidighuyghatno’ Xidochagg Qay’. I'mlos'taga'in and the High Shaman begin to test out combinations of the Yugtun language with the alphabet and script of the Nivkh people. When rumors of people reported to be "I'mlos'taga'inites" crossing into the Ale'uts reaches the capital, I'mlos'taga'in becomes instantly interested and plans to depart by qayaq to Agdaaĝux̂ next spring. Told you it would come. (Only 45 minutes to spare)
  • In Pskov, tensions rise with the French over their ownership and the very ambiguous nature of the city of Danzig's status. While the city itself is outside direct influence of the New Veche, the members almost unanimously agree that in order to quell tensions and prevent a war between two empires, a peaceful, diplomatic solution must be reached. The Economy and Production capacity of the nation grow as the more succesful entrepreneurs increase their investments into training and acquiring more assets. THe GDP rises along with average wages. The Veche passes a law, in accordance with tradition, banning the displacement of people temporarily in order to facilitate the census from the 1st of January of 1680 to the 31st of July of 1680. PreThe New Veche hopes that the new preparations for the census are made, as the local branches of the Ministry of Statistics prepare to go around the nation and count the people living in it. New estimates put the population of the city of Pskov at over or near 400 00 people. In any case, the Pskovian people go about their lives, many preparing to be censused once more. With the aging of the Supreme Princess Elena, the issue of how to go about selecting electors is brought up by the Veche. With the Establishment of the National Duma in Belarus, all of the Union of Konigsberg nations have left the direct control of Pskov, while indirect control still exists. However, because of this, if the current system of election continues, with 1000 members from Pskov choosing, this will likely create problems with ... well ... local Members of Parliaments in the other UK Nations might react adversely to not being allowed a voice in the election. The economic growth of the nations has allowed the refurbishing of the old navy, and construction of more and more merchant navy and war navy boats, increasing Pskov's naval power. the Nizhegorodsk-na-Narve Arsenal prides itself as the world's "most effective shipyard". It is also one of the largest in the Nation. The Members of the New Veche (MNVs) are happy that the situation in Danzig did not escalate yet to violence, and as they feel responsible for the other Union Nations, want to act as a beacon fo peace in the issue, although some are not happy with the "administrative privilege" given to the Croats(most of them were also against ratifying the treaty of Bratislava. In any case, The Posadnik of Pskov decides to organize and official meeting of all the Heads of Government of the Union of Konigsberg, which, after many months of planning, happens in Riga on the 6th of October. There, the first issue of Electors is brought up, including the issue with Danzig that is angering many United Republic citizens, many considering Danzig still a core of the Republic. The Census is held this year, and people are not allowed to move around. In the Grand Summit this year, the Heads of Government discuss the potential problem that might arise at Elena's death. However, they agree to meet next year once the census results across the union are complied. Census results are released. In the Grand summit, many things are discussed, and the final representation in the 1000 members of the Electoral council are decided. The treaty of Vilnus is signed, and in it outlines the processus for chosing electors, and representaion for each nation. It is signed by the respective Viceregent people. After each census, the electors will be recalculated to better represent peoiples, and the member nations must have electors appointed by the people in elections. In any case, Elena is happy this issue is settled, even though it would only take effect after she dies. In any case, the census results and the electoral seating can be found on the Pskov Population page
    • The Federal Republic of Eesti reacts with indifference to the tensions building up in Danzig. "It's not really our problem, let the United Republic deal with it" is the general sentiment to people that either know about it, or are peripheraly involved, like the Riigikogu. In any case the military is upgraded with flintlocks and whantot. The Peaminister of Eesti agrees to meet in Riga, and attends what he dubbed the "Grand Summit".
    • In Latvia, economic dev happens as farming methods are improved, and Pskovina merchants invest in possible future profits. The President of the Seima attends the Grand Summit
    • In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry oorm Pskov and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit
    • In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care of the fate of the "lesser" nobility). In any case, the Prussian army waits at the gates of Danzig, hoping to gain access to the city. However, the French do not let them in, and refuse to give taxes, as Danzig belonging to France is not official in any treaty, but rather de facto. This is due to the change in administration, and the public outcry by the new leader of the Bundestag. In any case, this might actually harm some people, so many prussians living in cities watch the situation with great care ... or at least try to in the era of information traveling very slowly. The Chancellor attends the Grand Summit.

1682

The Kingdom of Terra Australis makes contact with the Murrikuwuyanga, and engage in trade with them. Murrikuwuyanga observers note that the language spoken by the Australisans is reminiscent of the Spanish and English spoken by the enclaves that neighbour them.

  • Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V celebrates his 57th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 415,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 255,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 27.3 million. Relations with Urdustan are increased. Light flintlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 280,000. Prince Sulimen VI is now 32. Prince Sulimen VI has a son with Princess Aasmaa he is named Sulimen VII. Damascus and Suri enter a Dynastic Union. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the edges. We increase relations with the Suri Empire and Demak Sultanate. We continue to help the Kingdom of Nubia become Islamic, we send more holymen to spread the word of Muhammad and God. Sulimen VII is 12. We give an enclave to the Suri EmpireWe declare war on the Kingdom of Georgia. We thank the Suri Empire for their 25,000 soldiers, and use them in the war of Georgia. We invade Georgia.
    • Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa has made Aleppraqht a vital economic trading area on the coast of Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 60,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
    • Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and infrastructure expands. With the small 10 px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
    • Cairo (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 335,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. We continue expanding the port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
    • Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swathed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand military. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed. Centralization begins and the differences of culture begins to splice.
  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
  • Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the unorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, known to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere.
    • Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
    • Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1676.
    • Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
    • Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
    • North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
    • South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. Troops late in the year are begun to mobilized from the area, meeting up with Dutch military ships in The area.
    • Biak: The colony expands by 20 px along the coast.
  • Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy, therefore importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan. [Mil/Eco Turn]
    • Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes[Mil/Eco Turn]
  • '​'Suri Empire: Sultan Asad Khan Lari weds his daughter, Princess Aasmaa to Prince Sulimen VI of The Damascan Sultanate, creating a dynastic rule. Sultan Asad Khan Lari, after seeing immediate success of opium in Multan, he promotes the production of cannabis (indica) Border patrols continue. We continue to expand our military, bringing it to 175,000. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. After years of research, the students of Kahn Pir Islam developed a method to produce firearms at a much higher rate. Friendly relations with Urdustan and Lanka continue. Missions are sent into Tibet to spread the word of The Prophet Mohamed and Allah, they also assist in the construction of roads. The Sultan promotes local governors who are loyal to the thrown to lead all vassals of the Empire. We request 24 pixels of land from the Demak Sultanate to build a port. Our small navy continues to grow, we now have 13 ships.
    • Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
    • Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Infrastructure is expanded. With the construction of (OTL) Fatehpuri Masjid brings in Muslims from all over south east Asia. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
    • Multan (vassal of the Suri Empire): Wāli Ahkeen Farooqui promotes the growth of tobacco and poppy (opium). Opium dens become popular. Our economy is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper and positive trading is continued. with Urdustan. We request Urdustani ships to help protect our trade into Indonesia and The Philippines.
    • Ladakh (vassal of the Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Seeing the success of opium in Multan, the local governor orders the commissions local farmers to start growing opium. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
    • Port Hejaz: Wāli Abduhl Achbaar continues to expand Port Hejaz's infrastructure. Our navy is expanded to 12 ships from our original ten. We continue to offer trade with Rome.
  • Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 15.1 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. Colonization of Hawaii completes.
      • ​Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well.
      • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
      • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 
      • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
      • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
      • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
      • Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
      • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
      • Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 20,000
      • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. 
      • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
      • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
      • Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
      • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
      • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
      • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities.  New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 3.9 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is achieved in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty.
      • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 105,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
      • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 375,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
      • Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty go underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
      • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized italians living along the coast.
      • East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories. 
      • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
      • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 120,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory. 
      • Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
      • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
      • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top of the line ships.
      • New Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Catalonia is given 10 top of the line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence.
  • Ayutthaya: We continue to focus on our rapid modernisation of military and expansion of both defences in Ayutthaya, Lanna and the Ayutthayan Nicobar. We continue to strengthen our relations with The Japanese Empire and Lanka. Dramatic military expansion is underway and we use large amounts of our savings to pay for an increase in military, especially large ground forces.
    • Lanna: Lanna has now been officially re-joined with Ayutthaya with complete annexation. This is followed with a large amount of military activity and Ayutthayan influence in the region.
    • Ayutthayan Nicobar: The population of Nicobar increases and we continue our trade and open transport between both Ayutthayan Nicobar and Lankan Islands in the Nicobar. The Thai population alone in Nicobar reaches 184,000. This is followed with large expansion into the central mountain regions, and lots of land clearance. We continue to expand our military and naval bases on Nicobar. 
  • |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland through the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The war with Chahta ends by the end of the year after the succesfull capture of the local leadership and the nominall annexation to the kingdom of Cahokienne ( and partial annexation to Rouennelle), war troops return to the metropolitan area of the colony military remains alert
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
    • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.The war troops return as the war ends later on the year.
    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.The war troops return as the war ends later on the year.
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
    • French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue to be built to outlying villages and plantations continue to be built.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.The war troops return as the war ends later on the year.
    • Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
    • Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle.
  • Wu China: Military is improved as we conquer the Min. We renovate our capital.
  • The Kiatagmiut Band begins to expand into the lands of the Dena'ina people this year. While they are very distinct as compared to the Kiatagmiut culture of Yup'ik peoples, they are willing to accommodate the Band so long as they are granted their own forms of self-government at a local level. While Aklaq is not pleased by this, the Amellrutaq again decides again him and he is forced to uphold the policy. Private domestication of sea creatures continues to propel the economy of the Band forward, and now some fish are starting to be domesticated in small ponds. I'mlos'taga'in fulfills his plan of leaving by qayaq to the outpost at Agdaaĝux̂, from whence he sails to the Nivkh islands in the Ale'uts. He leaves behind him extensive notes with the High Shaman, who begins to write down religious stories and slowly spread writing among his priests. I'mlos'taga'in also leaves behind better knowledge of seacraft.
    • Note: I'mlos'taga'in has returned to the care and possession of the state of the Mangut Nivkhs.
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan and Ulsan.
  • Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. The Emperor returns to the throne after a period of sickness, but finds that much of the administrative decisions of the Empire are still within the council, which refuses to grant them back unless certain demands are met.
    • Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa: (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples begins in full as missionaries enter the country with administrative rights. A grant is given by the Urdustani Emperor for the Swargadeo of Barphanivasa to establish an observatory in the Himalayas. Work begins immediately (Turn One of Five).
    • Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
    • The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
    • The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
    • The Rayja of Sindh (سندھ کی بادشاہی, Sindha kē rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, greater focus begins to be put on its shipping industry and infrastructure to transport items to ports, so as to maximize the amount of income from its farmland in regards to potatoes, indigo and opium. The military begins to be reformed to more Urdustani tactics.
  • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
  • Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Economy turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. The Sabor reform ends. The educational reform begins with the creation of new universities in Red Croatia, White Croatia and Carantania (and to a lesser extent in Poland) and the blossoming of numerous new writers who, unlike before, adopt an writing style by looking up to the Ancient Greek and Roman writers. The Čudoljubovo University's works are slowly being copied and transfered to Red Croatia, primarily Zadar and Zagreb with both having major universities either built or improved such as the Zagreb University, consisting of natural sciences, philosophy, law and theology (prirodoslovlje, mudroslovlje, pravo i bogoslovlje). Alojz's fourth son is born. With the Bajan creating tensions over Gdanjsk, the Sabor suggests to call up the French and Pskovians to discuss the issues. Since Bohemia officially declared Poland an enemy of the state, relations wither. Bavaria is called upon to aid Croatia in settling its issues with Bohemia, diplomatically, specifically through the Treaty of Zlín.
    • ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. Timurism continues to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
    • Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
    • Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
    • Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
    • Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
    • Isles of the Grand Bajanate: The colonizers push inward, expanding onto the unsettled part of the isles. Croats primarily begin settling the new lands.
  • The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reliability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity. The Academia Canterbrigae releases its first peer reviewed journal, the Commentarium 'Academia Canterbrigae.
    • Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
    • Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
    • New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
    • Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
    • Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
    • New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
    • Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
    • Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
    • L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1682, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 52, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has five children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoration. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In military news, Leopold and the Curia Bavaria vote on several army reforms in Bavaria proper. The army reforms commence in 1669, and make very slow progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by gradually sweeping away feudal levies. The standing army is to be formalized with greater detail than ever before, and several armies, regiments, and compositions are to be created. In political news, Leopold II continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. King Leopold II continues to suffer from acute pains in his abdomen and legs.
    • Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 52, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
    • Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining in or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 22, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg.  A daughter is born to Albert and Maria, whom the Margrave names Karolina. 
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 42, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669). Mary of Pomerania is married to Henry von Hamburg in a matrilineal match, so children would be under the Wittelsbach dynasty. Franz-Ballard, knowing he is unable to produce children, and does not care much for another marriage, declares Mary to be his heir. 
    • Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
    • New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
    • Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Pearl River after the outpost itself.
  • County of Oldenburg: The major army build-up continues. Many more men are drafted in, and the Regency Council is determined that the army will become a more professional unit. Stricter discipline and corporal punishment are introduced. The two sleek new ships are almost completed, and many in the navy say they will prove to be the fastest in the entire fleet.
    • Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The new Prince-Bishop begins cutting waste. Debts are called in, contractors not fulfiling their obligations are fired, and those siphoning money from the treasury are punished severely. The P-B wants the Church to be put more at the centre of Osnabrucker life, but is also not opposed to the Buhnefests
  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ashinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippewa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The navy continues to improve, but it and the merchant marine remain relatively primitive. Merchants are excited by the idea of trading directly with Europe, and interest in finding a harbour to use as a stopping point on the way there grows. Meanwhile, the primitive (nonexistent, almost) shipyards at Nhu Euskadi are modernized. Contact with the Beothuk on Newfoundland leads fishermen to begin fishing the Grand Banks. Igulik becomes a valued harbour, and expands 200 km.
    • Chippewa: The military improves, while numerous Crees immigrate.
    • Mackinac: The military improves.
    • Odawa: The military improves.
    • Chisasibi: The military improves.
    • North Ojibwe: The military improves.
  • Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. The Damascan invasion of the Caucasus Confederation catches the Empire off guard, and the Empire scrambles a response, sending emissaries to the Tartary and armies to the east. After receiving the reply from the Tartary, the Empire tries for an Egyptian solution, hoping to save as many Christians as possible from the armies of the Arabs.
    • Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols.
    • Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.

Netherlands: Maurice II now 20 is in need of a queen. The young king vows to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General lead by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation  is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands lead by the university of Brussels. Trader and scientist Philips van Leeuwenhoek discovers bacteria while looking throuh a microscope his findings are published in the Dutch academic circles (OTL bacteria was discovered by a Dutch in 1676 with the same last name simple doing the honors XD). This is an addition to Pskov's work on biology and opens up the academic circles to greater investment in biology. Archetiecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies were Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin. War is declared on Pagaruyung to secure Southern Sumatra, and the Sunda Pass in order re-inforce Dutch economic dominance in the East Indies, and to reduce the capacity of Pagaruyung to resist Dutch power. (goal is economic and territorial gains in Southern Sumatra it is a non-fatal attack). The Attack is led by the East indies Company with 900 re-inforcements and siege weapons from the Lowlands. (need an algo, please)

  • Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei,and the malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca , Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Leading the attack on Pagaruyung the company lands 13,000 Company troops, plus the 900 troops from Europe and artillery. The Dutch navy engages in Naval combat the Pagaruyung navy across the Sunda Pass and along the Sumatran coast.
    • Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. a local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. Jehore supplies 2000 troops for the campaign while Brunei supplies 1000.
    • Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
    • Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 17,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers coontinue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
  • The Cherokee Nation: Continues its military expansion as General Galegenoh pushes eastward into the chaotic unorganized ex-Cahokian territory east of the Cherokee nation. King Degataga sends more support as the Cherokee nation expands 5000 sq km eastward into the ex-Cahokian territory as General Galegenoh pushes his invasion further, his army gaining momentum.
  • Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are built up.
    • Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military and economy are built up.
  • Westphalia/Frankfurt: This turn is officially dedicated to infrastructural expansion. Our forces begin training using experience from recent wars, and ships are built in allied ports. Our colonies continue to be supplied through allied territory, although growth is slow. Revolts across the nation are put down by military force, but overall revolts decrease as the nation returns to normal. Trade increases with the nations of Oldenburg, Hamburg, and the Netherlands. We ask to be readmitted into Westphalia.
  • In Pskov, tensions rise with the French over their ownership and the very ambiguous nature of the city of Danzig's status. While the city itself is outside direct influence of the New Veche, the members almost unanimously agree that in order to quell tensions and prevent a war between two empires, a peaceful, diplomatic solution must be reached. The Economy and Production capacity of the nation grow as the more succesful entrepreneurs increase their investments into training and acquiring more assets. THe GDP rises along with average wages. The Veche passes a law, in accordance with tradition, banning the displacement of people temporarily in order to facilitate the census from the 1st of January of 1680 to the 31st of July of 1680. PreThe New Veche hopes that the new preparations for the census are made, as the local branches of the Ministry of Statistics prepare to go around the nation and count the people living in it. New estimates put the population of the city of Pskov at over or near 400 00 people. In any case, the Pskovian people go about their lives, many preparing to be censused once more. With the aging of the Supreme Princess Elena, the issue of how to go about selecting electors is brought up by the Veche. With the Establishment of the National Duma in Belarus, all of the Union of Konigsberg nations have left the direct control of Pskov, while indirect control still exists. However, because of this, if the current system of election continues, with 1000 members from Pskov choosing, this will likely create problems with ... well ... local Members of Parliaments in the other UK Nations might react adversely to not being allowed a voice in the election. The economic growth of the nations has allowed the refurbishing of the old navy, and construction of more and more merchant navy and war navy boats, increasing Pskov's naval power. the Nizhegorodsk-na-Narve Arsenal prides itself as the world's "most effective shipyard". It is also one of the largest in the Nation. The Members of the New Veche (MNVs) are happy that the situation in Danzig did not escalate yet to violence, and as they feel responsible for the other Union Nations, want to act as a beacon fo peace in the issue, although some are not happy with the "administrative privilege" given to the Croats(most of them were also against ratifying the treaty of Bratislava. In any case, The Posadnik of Pskov decides to organize and official meeting of all the Heads of Government of the Union of Konigsberg, which, after many months of planning, happens in Riga on the 6th of October. There, the first issue of Electors is brought up, including the issue with Danzig that is angering many United Republic citizens, many considering Danzig still a core of the Republic. The Census is held this year, and people are not allowed to move around. In the Grand Summit this year, the Heads of Government discuss the potential problem that might arise at Elena's death. However, they agree to meet next year once the census results across the union are complied. Census results are released. In the Grand summit, many things are discussed, and the final representation in the 1000 members of the Electoral council are decided. The treaty of Vilnus is signed, and in it outlines the processus for chosing electors, and representaion for each nation. It is signed by the respective Viceregent people. After each census, the electors will be recalculated to better represent peoiples, and the member nations must have electors appointed by the people in elections. In any case, Elena is happy this issue is settled, even though it would only take effect after she dies. In any case, the census results and the electoral seating can be found on the Pskov Population page.
    • The Federal Republic of Eesti reacts with indifference to the tensions building up in Danzig. "It's not really our problem, let the United Republic deal with it" is the general sentiment to people that either know about it, or are peripheraly involved, like the Riigikogu. In any case the military is upgraded with flintlocks and whantot. The Peaminister of Eesti agrees to meet in Riga, and attends what he dubbed the "Grand Summit".
    • In Latvia, economic dev happens as farming methods are improved, and Pskovina merchants invest in possible future profits. The President of the Seima attends the Grand Summit.
    • In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry oorm Pskov and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit.
    • In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care of the fate of the "lesser" nobility). In any case, the Prussian army waits at the gates of Danzig, hoping to gain access to the city. However, the French do not let them in, and refuse to give taxes, as Danzig belonging to France is not official in any treaty, but rather de facto. This is due to the change in administration, and the public outcry by the new leader of the Bundestag. In any case, this might actually harm some people, so many prussians living in cities watch the situation with great care ... or at least try to in the era of information traveling very slowly. The Chancellor attends the Grand Summit.

1683

Nelihaw suffers organized attacks from various tribes along their vast frontiers preventing outward expansion while the frontiers are re-organized (no expansion for 20 years)

French and Spanish ships meet by chance off of Hawaii blowing the well kept Hawaiian islands secret Spain has had.

Japanese ships, and ships from the Spanish South China Sea Company come to blows after the China Sea Company mistakes the Japanese for pirates.

Piracy in the Caribbean becomes a problem of epidemic proportions with a small but potent pirate enclave being set up on the sparsely populated and lacking patrolled area of the Windward isles.

  • Suri Empire: Sultan Asad Khan Lari weds his daughter, Princess Aasmaa to Prince Sulimen VI of The Damascan Sultanate, creating a dynastic rule. Sultan Asad Khan Lari, after seeing immediate success of opium in Multan, he promotes the production of cannabis (indica) Border patrols continue. We continue to expand our military, bringing it to 175,000. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. After years of research, the students of Kahn Pir Islam developed a method to produce firearms at a much higher rate. Friendly relations with Urdustan and Lanka continue. Missions are sent into Tibet to spread the word of The Prophet Mohamed and Allah, they also assist in the construction of roads. The Sultan promotes local governors who are loyal to the thrown to lead all vassals of the Empire. We request 24 pixels of land from the Demak Sultanate to build a port. Our small navy continues to grow, we now have 14 ships.
    • Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
    • Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Infrastructure is expanded. With the construction of (OTL) Fatehpuri Masjid brings in Muslims from all over south east Asia. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
    • Multan (vassal of the Suri Empire): Wāli Ahkeen Farooqui promotes the growth of tobacco and poppy (opium). Opium dens become popular. Our economy is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper and positive trading is continued. with Urdustan. We request Urdustani ships to help protect our trade into Indonesia and The Philippines.
    • Ladakh (vassal of the Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Seeing the success of opium in Multan, the local governor orders the commissions local farmers to start growing opium. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
    • Port Hejaz: Wāli Abduhl Achbaar continues to expand Port Hejaz's infrastructure. Our navy is expanded to 12 ships from our original ten. We continue to offer trade with Rome.
  • Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V celebrates his 58th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 425,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 255,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 27.5 million. Relations with Urdustan are increased. Light flintlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 280,000. Prince Sulimen VI is now 33. Prince Sulimen VI has a son with Princess Aasmaa he is named Sulimen VII. Damascus and Suri enter a Dynastic Union. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the edges. We increase relations with the Suri Empire and Demak Sultanate. We continue to help the Kingdom of Nubia become Islamic, we send more holymen to spread the word of Muhammad and God. Sulimen VII is 13. We give an enclave to the Suri EmpireWe declare war on the Kingdom of Georgia. We thank the Suri Empire for their 25,000 soldiers, and use them in the war of Georgia. We invade Georgia.
    • Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa has made Aleppraqht a vital economic trading area on the coast of Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 60,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
    • Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and infrastructure expands. With the small 10 px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
    • Cairo (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 335,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. We continue expanding the port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
    • Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swathed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand military. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed. Centralization begins and the differences of culture begins to splice.
  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
  • Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. Although being dismissed as an accident, Emperor Yokohama III takes suspicion to the recent incident with the South China Company, creating tension between him and the Spanish government.
    • Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
    • Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1690.
    • Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
    • Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
    • North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control.
    • South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control.
  • Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy, therefore importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan. [Mil/Eco Turn]
    • Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes[Mil/Eco Turn]
  • '​'Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan and Ulsan.
  • |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland through the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The war with Chahta ends by the end of the year after the succesfull capture of the local leadership and the nominall annexation to the kingdom of Cahokienne (and partial annexation to Rouennelle), war troops return to the metropolitan area of the colony military remains alert
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
    • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.The war troops return as the war ends later on the year.
    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.The war troops return as the war ends later on the year.
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
    • French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue to be built to outlying villages and plantations continue to be built.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.The war troops return as the war ends later on the year.
    • Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
    • Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle.
  • Wu China: Military is improved and three ships are built. Troops are consolidated on the Yue border as renovation to our capital continues.
  • Ayutthaya: We continue to expand our military and our military technology. We increase our naval size and complete an additional 2 warships which both have 26 cannons on each. We also prepare mainland defenses and strengthen our backup military. We continue to expand our farming and our gunpowder trade and we look for additional trade that could be used through our nation. 
  • Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a backseat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 5,300,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (170,000), then Peru (80,000), Machu Picchu (65,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Cava hits the age of 63, with her son, Huascar (35), set to take the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother, Maitia (27), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (20) Reconstuction of Huari continues. A novel called , The Children of the Mountains , is published in the Inca Empire. The Novel details a history where Cuzco is destroyed by Spanish Conquerors and what remains of the Inca live within the mountains, fighting against the Spanish conquistadors. The novel is mostly ignored.
    • Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,300,000. Chirbaya Cuzco has a population of 75,000.
    • Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 1,200,000. Chan Chan has a population of 127,000.
    • Collaquimbaya: Expansion ends. Military and economy improve. Population stands at 70,000. The city of Apeac stands at a population of 4000.
  • Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Military turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. The Sabor reform ends. The educational reform begins with the creation of new universities in Red Croatia, White Croatia and Carantania (and to a lesser extent in Poland) and the blossoming of numerous new writers who, unlike before, adopt an writing style by looking up to the Ancient Greek and Roman writers. The Čudoljubovo University's works are slowly being copied and transfered to Red Croatia, primarily Zadar and Zagreb with both having major universities either built or improved such as the Zagreb University, consisting of natural sciences, philosophy, law and theology (prirodoslovlje, mudroslovlje, pravo i bogoslovlje).  With the Bajan creating tensions over Gdanjsk, the Sabor suggests to call up the French and Pskovians to discuss the issues. Timurism is deemed heresy and begins losing the little followers it had. Ragusan culture begins gaining more influence in all of the Bajanate. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. Many maritime laws of Ragusa become official in the Bajanate. The motto of the Bajante is also changed to the Ragusan one.
    • ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. 
    • Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
    • Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
    • Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
    • Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
    • Isles of the Grand Bajanate: The colonizers push inward, expanding onto the unsettled part of the isles. Croats primarily begin settling the new lands.
  • The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reliability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity. The Academia Canterbrigae releases its first peer reviewed journal, the Commentarium 'Academia Canterbrigae.
    • Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
    • Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
    • New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
    • Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
    • Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
    • New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
    • Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
    • Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
    • L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1683, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 53, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has five children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoration. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In military news, Leopold and the Curia Bavaria vote on several army reforms in Bavaria proper. The army reforms commence in 1669, and make very slow progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by gradually sweeping away feudal levies. The standing army is to be formalized with greater detail than ever before, and several armies, regiments, and compositions are to be created. In political news, Leopold II continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. King Leopold II continues to suffer from acute pains in his abdomen and legs, and because of this, Prince Franz-Dominic assumes the responsibilities of holding court. Franz-Dominic also marries Brandenburger noblewoman Klaudia von Werzctbrag. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament.
    • Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 53, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold V continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
    • Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 186 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 23, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683). Albert II and Maria have a child this year, whom they name Albert.
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 43, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669). Mary of Pomerania is married to Henry von Hamburg in a matrilineal match, so children would be under the Wittelsbach dynasty. Franz-Ballard, knowing he is unable to produce children, and does not care much for another marriage, declares Mary to be his heir. 
    • Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
    • New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
    • Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.

Do you mean "Perle"?

I believe so. Perle is German for Pearl, right?

  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ashinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippewa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The navy continues to improve, but it and the merchant marine remain relatively primitive. Merchants are excited by the idea of trading directly with Europe, and interest in finding a harbour to use as a stopping point on the way there grows. Meanwhile, the primitive (nonexistent, almost) shipyards at Nhu Euskadi are modernized. Contact with the Beothuk on Newfoundland leads fishermen to begin fishing the Grand Banks. Igulik becomes a valued harbour, and expands 200 km.
    • Chippewa: The military improves while numerous Crees immigrate.
    • Mackinac: The military improves.
    • Odawa: The military improves.
    • Chisasibi: The military improves.
    • North Ojibwe: The military improves.
  • Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. The Damascan invasion of the Caucasus Confederation catches the Empire off guard, and the Empire scrambles a response, sending emissaries to the Tartary and armies to the east. After receiving the reply from the Tartary, the Empire tries for an Egyptian solution, hoping to save as many Christians as possible from the armies of the Arabs.
    • Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols.
    • Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
    • Suri/Rome Dip: We offer sulfur, iron, and opium to trade with mighty Roman Empire.
  • Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 15.1 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. Colonization of Hawaii completes.
      • ​Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well.
      • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
      • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 
      • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
      • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
      • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
      • Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
      • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
      • Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 20,000
      • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. 
      • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
      • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
      • Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
      • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
      • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
      • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities.  New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 3.9 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is achieved in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty.
      • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 105,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
      • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 375,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
      • Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty go underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
      • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized italians living along the coast.
      • East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories. 
      • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
      • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 120,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory. 
      • Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
      • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
      • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top of the line ships.
      • New Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Catalonia is given 10 top of the line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence.
    • In Pskov, tensions rise with the French over their ownership and the very ambiguous nature of the city of Danzig's status. While the city itself is outside direct influence of the New Veche, the members almost unanimously agree that in order to quell tensions and prevent a war between two empires, a peaceful, diplomatic solution must be reached. The Economy and Production capacity of the nation grow as the more succesful entrepreneurs increase their investments into training and acquiring more assets. THe GDP rises along with average wages. The Veche passes a law, in accordance with tradition, banning the displacement of people temporarily in order to facilitate the census from the 1st of January of 1680 to the 31st of July of 1680. PreThe New Veche hopes that the new preparations for the census are made, as the local branches of the Ministry of Statistics prepare to go around the nation and count the people living in it. New estimates put the population of the city of Pskov at over or near 400 00 people. In any case, the Pskovian people go about their lives, many preparing to be censused once more. With the aging of the Supreme Princess Elena, the issue of how to go about selecting electors is brought up by the Veche. With the Establishment of the National Duma in Belarus, all of the Union of Konigsberg nations have left the direct control of Pskov, while indirect control still exists. However, because of this, if the current system of election continues, with 1000 members from Pskov choosing, this will likely create problems with ... well ... local Members of Parliaments in the other UK Nations might react adversely to not being allowed a voice in the election. The economic growth of the nations has allowed the refurbishing of the old navy, and construction of more and more merchant navy and war navy boats, increasing Pskov's naval power. the Nizhegorodsk-na-Narve Arsenal prides itself as the world's "most effective shipyard". It is also one of the largest in the Nation. The Members of the New Veche (MNVs) are happy that the situation in Danzig did not escalate yet to violence, and as they feel responsible for the other Union Nations, want to act as a beacon fo peace in the issue, although some are not happy with the "administrative privilege" given to the Croats(most of them were also against ratifying the treaty of Bratislava. In any case, The Posadnik of Pskov decides to organize and official meeting of all the Heads of Government of the Union of Konigsberg, which, after many months of planning, happens in Riga on the 6th of October. There, the first issue of Electors is brought up, including the issue with Danzig that is angering many United Republic citizens, many considering Danzig still a core of the Republic. The Census is held this year, and people are not allowed to move around. In the Grand Summit this year, the Heads of Government discuss the potential problem that might arise at Elena's death. However, they agree to meet next year once the census results across the union are complied. Census results are released. In the Grand summit, many things are discussed, and the final representation in the 1000 members of the Electoral council are decided. The treaty of Vilnus is signed, and in it outlines the processus for chosing electors, and representaion for each nation. It is signed by the respective Viceregent people. After each census, the electors will be recalculated to better represent peoiples, and the member nations must have electors appointed by the people in elections. In any case, Elena is happy this issue is settled, even though it would only take effect after she dies. In any case, the census results and the electoral seating can be found on the Pskov Population page.
      • The Federal Republic of Eesti reacts with indifference to the tensions building up in Danzig. "It's not really our problem, let the United Republic deal with it" is the general sentiment to people that either know about it, or are peripheraly involved, like the Riigikogu. In any case the military is upgraded with flintlocks and whatnot. The Peaminister of Eesti agrees to meet in Riga, and attends what he dubbed the "Grand Summit".
      • In Latvia, economic dev happens as farming methods are improved, and Pskovina merchants invest in possible future profits. The President of the Seima attends the Grand Summit
      • In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry oorm Pskov and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit
      • In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care of the fate of the "lesser" nobility). In any case, the Prussian army waits at the gates of Danzig, hoping to gain access to the city. However, the French do not let them in, and refuse to give taxes, as Danzig belonging to France is not official in any treaty, but rather de facto. This is due to the change in administration, and the public outcry by the new leader of the Bundestag. In any case, this might actually harm some people, so many prussians living in cities watch the situation with great care ... or at least try to in the era of information traveling very slowly. The Chancellor attends the Grand Summit.
  • Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are built up.
    • Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military and economy are built up.
  • The Kiatagmiut Band continues its expansion of relations with the Dena'ina, yet this year Aklaq decides to stop direct expansion in protest of the Amellrutaq's decision last year. Instead, Aklaq works to open up more of the economy to free enterprise, starting this year with trade. Half of the profits go to the government and half to the individual, which is revolutionary and boosts the qayaq industry sufficiently. This then triggers an increased interest in the trading posts at Gidighuyghatno’ Xidochagg Qay’, and the Band instead expands to reach this outpost. Trade also is prevalent in Agdaaĝux̂, where I'mlos'taga'in was left last year. The High Shaman continues to work on creating a written language, based upon the promises of I'mlos'taga'in that it would improve trade and advance the Band greatly. The Kaialigamiut begin to be absorbed by Kiatagmiut traders and boundary expansion. Meanwhile, fish domestication continues to develop as walrus domestication goes extremely well.
  • Scandinavian Empire: As peace is restored after the Alleghany Wars, Scandinavia proposes the creation of a new colony in the area called Jansylvania, named after Jans Eriksen, who discovered the area in the early 1500s. The capital is set at a trading post deep in Alleghany territory. The city is called Fritzborg after the general in charge of taking the land. Explorers work to explore lands along the Ohio River and along the Great Lakes. In the meantime, Scandinavian traders in the Sri Lanka region bring back with them a dodo bird. These birds, which have become increasingly rare, have captivated and marveled the Scandinavian public. It survives the voyage back to Scandinavia. There, King Kristoffer takes an interest in purchasing the bird. He does so and keeps one of the last known dodos as a pet. The economy expands.
    • Helluland: The economy is established.
    • Iceland: The economy is improved.
    • Huronsmark: The economy is improved.
    • Karelia: The economy expands.
    • New Gotland: The economy expands.
    • Schleswig: The economy is expanded.
    • Sjösmark: The economy is expanded this year as new rifles make it to Sjösmark. 
    • Strombek: The economy is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km.
    • Vinland: The economy is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km

1684

The various captains of the Japanese navy discuss the issue of Spanish trade ships asserting control within the East Asian seas deeply disturbing the Captains. 

Aside from gold producing territories, the Caribbean island colonies become some of the most productive and richest colonies with their cash crops among other things providing a strong incentive to further investment in the Caribbean.

  • Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands its infrastructure, and its subjects expand their economies. Urdustan is again proposed a Hamburgian offer to purchase the city of Nellore. Hamburgian merchant captains based in the Friedrich Islands continue to see great profits from trading in the area. Diplomats are sent to the nearby state of Aceh, looking to strengthen trading.
  • Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy, therefore importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan. [Mil/Eco Turn]
    • Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes[Mil/Eco Turn]
  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan and Ulsan.
  • Wu China: After a year of military consolidation, we improve military on the border with Chu and Yue. Minor renovation is done to the capital.
  • Ayutthaya: Expansion of roads continue and another few major links are made between Sukhothai and Lanna. The annexed region is doing well and large amounts of the population are undisturbed by complete ceding to Ayutthaya. As a result, we begin to decrease our military presence in the region and focus it elsewhere. The Ayutthayan Nicobar also thrives in population, increasing by another 10,000 in the past three years, making it our third most population dense city after Lower Dawei and Nakhom Pathom. Military and navy are maintained and we increase our trade and exports from all islands, including Teressa and Bompoka which are owned by the natives. Our King, Jabesh I falls sick in his old age but quickly recovers and resumes his position after his son temporarily held the position. The population handled the sudden change over well and advisors say that it will be well he will be well received when King Jabesh I does die. Fort Ayutthaya expands their docking yard and allows for an additional 2 warships to be stored through the side walls. The entire fort covers the whole island and is also safe when high waters rise. Farming on mainland is improved and we continue to export Gunpowder to our main trading partners of the Netherland, Hispania, Lanka and Japan. We hope to see our relations with the Dutch improved and that we can heighten trade between our countries. Commenting on the East Asia Sea crisis between Japan and Spain, we wish to see both nations come to an agreement and that the situation doesn't escalate. 
  • |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland through the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. War is declared once more on a Cahokienne kingdom of Chickasha after raids and alleged crossing of tribesman occurred into French Cahokia
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
    • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.The war troops return as the war ends later on the year. Once more the kingdom declares war on a Cahokienne kingdom, Chickasha.
    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.Once more the kingdom declares war on a Cahokienne kingdom, Chickasha.
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
    • French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue to be built to outlying villages and plantations continue to be built.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.The war troops return as the war ends later on the year. Once more the kingdom declares war on a Cahokienne kingdom, Chickasha.
    • Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655. on behalf of the King of France the Etat de Danzig desires to solve the political issue between the countries of Pskov and France. we would regard a treaty if desired by the Pskovian leadership on the regards of this recurring issue that has caused some turmoil and concern in their domains (LX - Look Over Here)
    • Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle.
  • Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. The Emperor returns to the throne after a period of sickness, but finds that much of the administrative decisions of the Empire are still within the council, which refuses to grant them back unless certain demands are met.
    • Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa: (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples begins in full as missionaries enter the country with administrative rights. A grant is given by the Urdustani Emperor for the Swargadeo of Barphanivasa to establish an observatory in the Himalayas. Work begins immediately (Turn One of Five).
    • Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
    • The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
    • The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
    • The Rayja of Sindh (سندھ کی بادشاہی, Sindha kē rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, greater focus begins to be put on its shipping industry and infrastructure to transport items to ports, so as to maximize the amount of income from its farmland in regards to potatoes, indigo and opium. The military begins to be reformed to more Urdustani tactics.

Netherlands: Maurice II now 20 is in need of a queen. The young king vows to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightented circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General lead by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation  is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands lead by the university of Brussels. Trader and scientist Philips van Leeuwenhoek discovers bacteria while looking through a microscope his findings are published in the Dutch academic circles (OTL bacteria was discovered by a Dutch in 1676 with the same last name simple doing the honors XD). This is an addition to Pskov's work on biology and opens up the academic circles to greater investment in biology. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies were Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin. War is declared on Pagaruyung to secure Southern Sumatra, and the Sunda Pass in order re-inforce Dutch economic dominance in the East Indies, and to reduce the capacity of Pagaruyung to resist Dutch power. (goal is economic and territorial gains in southern Sumatra it is a non-fatal attack). The Attack is lead by the East indies Company with 900 re-inforcements and siege weapons from the Lowlands. (need an algo, please) NEED ALGO, PLEASE!

      • Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei,and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Leading the attack on Pagaruyung the company lands 13,000 Company troops, plus the 900 troops from Europe and artillery. The Dutch navy engages in Naval combat the Pagaruyung navy across the Sunda Pass and along the Sumatran coast.
      • Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. Jehore supplies 2000 troops for the campaign while Brunei supplies 1000.
      • Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
      • Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 17,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
    • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military
  • Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Economy turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. The Sabor reform ends. The educational reform begins with the creation of new universities in Red Croatia, White Croatia and Carantania (and to a lesser extent in Poland) and the blossoming of numerous new writers who, unlike before, adopt an writing style by looking up to the Ancient Greek and Roman writers. The Čudoljubovo University's works are slowly being copied and transfered to Red Croatia, primarily Zadar and Zagreb with both having major universities either built or improved such as the Zagreb University, consisting of natural sciences, philosophy, law and theology (prirodoslovlje, mudroslovlje, pravo i bogoslovlje).  With the Bajan creating tensions over Gdanjsk, the Sabor suggests to call up the French and Pskovians to discuss the issues. Timurism is deemed heresy and begins losing the little followers it had. Ragusan culture begins gaining more influence in all of the Bajanate. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate.
    • ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. 
    • Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
    • Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
    • Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
    • Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
    • Isles of the Grand Bajanate: The colonizers push inward, expanding onto the unsettled part of the isles. Croats primarily begin settling the new lands.
  • The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reliability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity. The Academia Canterbrigae releases its first peer reviewed journal, the Commentarium 'Academia Canterbrigae.
    • Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
    • Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
    • New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
    • Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
    • Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
    • New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
    • Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
    • Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
    • L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
  • Brittany: Military goes up. Asks alliance to Britannia
  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ashinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippewa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The navy continues to improve, but it and the merchant marine remain relatively primitive. Merchants are excited by the idea of trading directly with Europe, and interest in finding a harbour to use as a stopping point on the way there grows. Meanwhile, the primitive (nonexistent, almost) shipyards at Nhu Euskadi are modernized. Contact with the Beothuk on Newfoundland leads fishermen to begin fishing the Grand Banks. Igulik becomes a valued harbour, and expands 200 km.
    • Chippewa: The military improves while numerous Crees immigrate.
    • Mackinac: The military improves.
    • Odawa: The military improves.
    • Chisasibi: The military improves.
    • North Ojibwe: The military improves.
  • Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 15.1 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. Colonization of Hawaii completes. Hispania requests the Japanese refrain from interfering within the Hispanian trade network. 
      • ​Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well.
      • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
      • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 
      • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
      • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
      • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
      • Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
      • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
      • Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 20,000
      • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. 
      • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
      • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
      • Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
      • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
      • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
      • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities.  New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 3.9 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is achieved in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty.
      • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 105,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
      • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 375,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
      • Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty go underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
      • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized italians living along the coast.
      • East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories. 
      • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
      • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 120,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory. 
      • Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
      • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
      • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top of the line ships.
      • New Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Catalonia is given 10 top of the line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence.
  • Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. The Damascan invasion of the Caucasus Confederation catches the Empire off guard, and the Empire scrambles a response, sending emissaries to the Tartary and armies to the east. After receiving the reply from the Tartary, the Empire tries for an Egyptian solution, hoping to save as many Christians as possible from the armies of the Arabs. The Empire agrees to the trade agreement with the Suri Empire, expanding trade links in the Indian subcontinent.
    • Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols.
    • Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
  • The Cherokee Nation: Continues its military expansion after last years rest to consolidate Cherokee hold on the recently annexed lands. General Galegenoh restarts the eastward push into the chaotic unorganized ex-Cahokian territory east of the Cherokee nation. The Cherokee nation expands 5000 sq km eastward into the ex-Cahokian territory this year.
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1684, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 54, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has five children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoration. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In military news, Leopold and the Curia Bavaria vote on several army reforms in Bavaria proper. The army reforms commence in 1669, and make very slow progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by gradually sweeping away feudal levies. The standing army is to be formalized with greater detail than ever before, and several armies, regiments, and compositions are to be created. In political news, Leopold II continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. King Leopold II continues to suffer from acute pains in his abdomen and legs, and because of this, Prince Franz-Dominic assumes the responsibilities of holding court. Franz-Dominic also marries Brandenburger noblewoman Klaudia von Werzctbrag. In 1684, Klauda has a daughter, whom she names Maria. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament.
    • Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 54, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold V continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
    • Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 186 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 24, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683). Albert II and Maria have a child this year, whom they name Albert.
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 44, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669). Mary of Pomerania is married to Henry von Hamburg in a matrilineal match, so children would be under the Wittelsbach dynasty. Franz-Ballard, knowing he is unable to produce children, and does not care much for another marriage, declares Mary to be his heir. 
    • Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
    • New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
    • Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers namePerlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
  • The Kiatagmiut Band works to integrate Yup'ik people from different bands than the Kiatagmiut Band under Great Elder Aklaq. He plans a meeting of Dena'ina leaders and elders and chiefs to be held in mid-1685 in the village of Dgheyaytnu (OTL Anchorage). This suggestion is well-received among Dena'ina leaders, who view it as a possible halt to expansion into their regions in exchange for settlement agreements. Meanwhile, work is made to the north to integrate Yugtun-speaking Kaialigamiut peoples. This push is popular by the locals, who see the massive technology that the Band can bring to their people. The ultimate asset of the Band is the Amellrutaq, and this year membership is extended to all people of non-Kuskokwagmiut or Togiagamiut ancestry so long as they are of Yup'ik ancestry. Free enterprise reforms dominate the Amellrutaq, but they are slow in getting passed because of tradition-minding elders having a near veto on all suggested ideas. Gidighuyghatno’ Xidochagg Qay’ is being settled in mass droves by Kiatagmiut, while the local Deg Xinag are further traded with more inland. Trade also is prevalent in Agdaaĝux̂ and a smaller outpost is established at Taxtamax̂. Fish and walrus domestication continue. Work on a written language is to be discussed at the next Shaman's meeting, which will take place some time in the next few years (at the death of the current High Shaman).
  • Scandinavian Empire: As peace is restored after the Alleghany Wars, Scandinavia proposes the creation of a new colony in the area called Jansylvania, named after Jans Eriksen, who discovered the area in the early 1500s. The capital is set at a trading post deep in Alleghany territory. The city is called Fritzborg after the general in charge of taking the land. Explorers work to explore lands along the Ohio River and along the Great Lakes. In the meantime, Scandinavian traders in the Sri Lanka region bring back with them a dodo bird. These birds, which have become increasingly rare, have captivated and marveled the Scandinavian public. It survives the voyage back to Scandinavia. There, King Kristoffer takes an interest in purchasing the bird. He does so and keeps one of the last known dodos as a pet. The military expands.
    • Helluland: The military is established.
    • Huronsmark: The military is improved.
    • Iceland: The military is improved.
    • Jansylvania: The military is expanded.
    • Karelia: The military expands.
    • New Gotland: The military expands.
    • Schleswig: The military is expanded.
    • Sjösmark: The military is expanded this year as new rifles make it to Sjösmark. 
    • Strombek: The military is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km.
    • Vinland: The military is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km
  • In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. Knyaz-Namestnik Fredrik Hohenzollern is named the eventual "Acting Sovereign" by a decision after this year's Grand Summit, when they decided who would take oin the Responsibilities of the 68-year old Supreme Duchess in the eventual case of her demise. Another thing that came out of this year's Summit is the plan for a connected network of roads to increase communication between all the UK republics. The first steps to build a united road network is begun "To rival that of ancient Rome" at the City of Narva, where the first cobble roads are laid out, and construction begins to connect Pskov, Taalinn, and Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve. This is especially important because the city lies at the border, and the decision to start there only shows co-operations between all states involved. In any case, the situation in Danzig calms a bit. However, tensions remain high. The PIC goes to France to try and purchase the Caroline Islands, the southern of which they were already de facto administering anyway. In any case, Pskovian military and Navy get a slight boost due to the Economic growth occuring. Cash crops in the Americas such as cotton farmed in the Bahamas and Sugar and the like farmed in the Leeward islands are big commodities in Europe and bring the PIC, and therefore Pskov, profit. Gold is also being mined in Zlatobrezhie which brings profit. Meanwhile, there, many administrators are now local, and Pskov are simply now the higher-ranking officials, already infiltrating the language and high culture, with many wealthy Zlatobrezhians gaining and education in the UNiversity of Pskov. The first Academy is opened in Zlatobrezhie, run by the church, and as missionaries continue the work of thse sent before them, stuff happens, and Christianity grows. In any case, some traders set up shop in Senegal for the first time. The Pskovians manage to procure a trade deal with the local governement, and the PIC opens its first branch in the Senegalese capital. From there, they plan on discovering every resource exploitable, this multinational corporations will not elave a single source of income for Pskov untapped.
    • The Federal Republic of Eesti reacts with indifference to the tensions building up in Danzig. "It's not really our problem, let the United Republic deal with it" is the general sentiment to people that either know about it, or are peripherally involved, like the Riigikogu. In any case the military is upgraded with flintlocks and whatnot. The Peaminister of Eesti agrees to meet in Riga, and attends what he dubbed the "Grand Summit".
    • In Latvia, economic dev happens as farming methods are improved, and Pskovina merchants invest in possible future profits. The President of the Seima attends the Grand Summit.
    • In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit.
    • In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care of the fate of the "lesser" nobility). In any case, the Prussian army waits at the gates of Danzig, hoping to gain access to the city. However, the French do not let them in, and refuse to give taxes, as Danzig belonging to France is not official in any treaty, but rather de facto. This is due to the change in administration, and the public outcry by the new leader of the Bundestag. In any case, this might actually harm some people, so many Prussians living in cities watch the situation with great care ... or at least try to in the era of information traveling very slowly. The Chancellor attends the Grand Summit.

1685

In Rome, Pope Benedict XVI dies, and in the subsequent conclave, the English Philip Howard is elected Pope, taking the Papal name of Telesphorus IV.

Frankfurt’s offer to unite Westphalia is accepted by the Westphalian Confederacy.

What in the name of everything communist is this? Frankfurt, ruled by Habsburgs, the only nation that DIDN'T join the Westphalian confederation suddenly got the confederation on its side? I think they would united under Neu Hesse and not Frankfurt. This makes no sense. -Sky

  • Agreed. -Guy

har har.. very funny.. but for real mod events will be coming back soon (people have gotten busy schedules lately.) -Feud

  • Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands it infrastructure, and its subjects expand their militaries.
  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
  • Ayutthaya: Over years of planning, we launch the naval and land based invasion into the Cambodia region and declare war in coalition with the Japanese Empire and the Vassals of North and South Vietnam, bringing Japan into the war. Our large buildup of military forces are deployed into the region with a total unit force of (insert plausable amount here) and our main fleet of 16 larger warships, eight unit ships and many trade ships to carry supplies to our armies. We also deploy through the mountainous regions into Krong and we also strengthen our border with Cambodia's ally Laos in case of a retaliation by their nation. The use of modernised rifles gives us an advantage on open fields. 

More soon once we finish the algo. We will have the algo up soon when Saturn makes it. 

So ahh, this is kind of awkward now because Sat hasn't made his turn though he has confirmed on chat that he is invading. I hope he says by the end of the turn. However, I believe Ms was making the algo but he was busy as well ... CNC1 Nod EmblemAternix!?Atheism 07:09, November 13, 2014 (UTC)

  • Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are built up.
    • Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military and economy are built up.
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. Monarch Jeongsin dies, and is succeeded by Changnyeong, who becomes the new Monarch of Korea.
  • Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy, therefore importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan. [Mil/Eco Turn]
    • Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes[Mil/Eco Turn]
  • '​'Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland through the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The war ends by september after the capture of the chickasha capital city the troops withdraw to coastal Rouenelle to resupply, a few are granted landlordship of the areas conquested during the recent wars
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
    • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.The war troops return as the war ends later on the year. The war ends by the end of the year
    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. The war ends by the end of the year
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
    • French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue to be built to outlying villages and plantations continue to be built.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The war ends by the end of the year
    • Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655. on behalf of the King of France the Etat de Danzig desires to solve the political issue between the countries of Pskov and France. we would regard a treaty if desired by the Pskovian leadership on the regards of this recurring issue that has caused some turmoil and concern in their domains (LX - Look Over Here)
    • And what about Croatia? I should have some rights since the territory surrounding Danzig is part of the Bajante -Sky
    • Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle.
  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ashinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippewa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The navy continues to improve, but it and the merchant marine remain relatively primitive. Merchants are excited by the idea of trading directly with Europe, and interest in finding a harbour to use as a stopping point on the way there grows. Meanwhile, the primitive (nonexistent, almost) shipyards at Nhu Euskadi are modernized. Contact with the Beothuk on Newfoundland leads fishermen to begin fishing the Grand Banks. Igulik becomes a valued harbour, and expands 200 km.
    • Chippewa: The military improves while numerous Crees immigrate.
    • Mackinac: The military improves.
    • Odawa: The military improves.
    • Chisasibi: The military improves.
    • North Ojibwe: The military improves.
  • Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Military turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. The Sabor reform ends. The educational reform begins with the creation of new universities in Red Croatia, White Croatia and Carantania (and to a lesser extent in Poland) and the blossoming of numerous new writers who, unlike before, adopt an writing style by looking up to the Ancient Greek and Roman writers. The Čudoljubovo University's works are slowly being copied and transfered to Red Croatia, primarily Zadar and Zagreb with both having major universities either built or improved such as the Zagreb University, consisting of natural sciences, philosophy, law and theology (prirodoslovlje, mudroslovlje, pravo i bogoslovlje).  With the Bajan creating tensions over Gdanjsk, the Sabor suggests to call up the French and Pskovians to discuss the issues. Timurism is deemed heresy and begins losing the little followers it had. Ragusan culture begins gaining more influence in all of the Bajanate. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate.
    • ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. 
    • Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
    • Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
    • Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
    • Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
    • Isles of the Grand Bajanate: The colonizers push inward, expanding onto the unsettled part of the isles. Croats primarily begin settling the new lands.
  • The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reliability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity. The Academia Canterbrigae releases its first peer reviewed journal, the Commentarium 'Academia Canterbrigae.
    • Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
    • Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
    • New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
    • Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
    • Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
    • New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
    • Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
    • Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
    • L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
  • Mangut Nivkhgu: The great navigator I'mlos'taga'in and what remains of his crew finally makes his way back to the city of Adaqo - much to the surprise of the locals (and the dismay of one local inkeeper who owed the first mate a large gambling debt). They tell great tales of their interaction with the fledgling Kiatagmiut nation - as well as a bizarre account of how they once again became shipwrecked on their way back. Most importantly, they tell great tales of the glories of Kiatagmiut food, the succulence of walrus meat, the sweetness of the Akutaq. The navigator is dispatched to Nendaqo, where the young new Mang Hangut, Zq'qtgn the First is amazed at the stories. A fleet is dispatched to establish formal diplomatic relations with the Kiatagmiut, under the command of the great Admiral N'ot'am'or'on. After this incident, I'mlos'taga'in largely disappears from the historical record. It is rumored that the Mang Hangut suspected that he was not all that he claimed to be, and one later racord claims that he never returned to the sea, or to Adaqo, on account of having developed a paralysing fear of baby walruses. He is said to have sometimes wandered the streets of Nendaqo yelling to himself, "the walruses! The walruses! The horrible sound never leaves my mind!"
  • Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a backseat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 5,300,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (170,000), then Peru (80,000), Machu Picchu (65,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Cava hits the age of 63, with her son, Huascar (35), set to take the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother, Maitia (27), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (20) Reconstuction of Huari continues. A novel called , The Children of the Mountains , is published in the Inca Empire. The Novel details a history where Cuzco is destroyed by Spanish Conquerors and what remains of the Inca live within the mountains, fighting against the Spanish conquistadors. The novel is mostly ignored.
    • Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,300,000. Chirbaya Cuzco has a population of 75,000.
    • Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 1,200,000. Chan Chan has a population of 127,000.
    • Collaquimbaya: Expansion ends. Military and economy improve. Population stands at 70,000. The city of Apeac stands at a population of 4000.
  • Netherlands: Maurice II now 20 is in need of a queen. The young king vows to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightented circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General lead by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation  is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands lead by the university of Brussels. Trader and scientist Philips van Leeuwenhoek discovers bacteria while looking through a microscope his findings are published in the Dutch academic circles (OTL bacteria was discovered by a Dutch in 1676 with the same last name simple doing the honors XD). This is an addition to Pskov's work on biology and opens up the academic circles to greater investment in biology. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies were Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin. War is declared on Pagaruyung to secure Southern Sumatra, and the Sunda Pass in order re-inforce Dutch economic dominance in the East Indies, and to reduce the capacity of Pagaruyung to resist Dutch power. (goal is economic and territorial gains in southern Sumatra it is a non-fatal attack). The Attack is lead by the East indies Company with 900 re-inforcements and siege weapons from the Lowlands. (need an algo, please) NEED ALGO, PLEASE!
    • Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei,and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Leading the attack on Pagaruyung the company lands 13,000 Company troops, plus the 900 troops from Europe and artillery. The Dutch navy engages in Naval combat the Pagaruyung navy across the Sunda Pass and along the Sumatran coast.
    • Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. Jehore supplies 2000 troops for the campaign while Brunei supplies 1000.
    • Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
    • Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 17,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
  • Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 15.1 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. Colonization of Hawaii completes. Hispania requests the Japanese refrain from interfering within the Hispanian trade network. 
    • ​Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well.
    • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
    • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 
    • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
    • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
    • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
    • Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
    • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
    • Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 20,000
    • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. 
    • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
    • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
    • Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
    • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
    • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
    • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities.  New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 3.9 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is achieved in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty.
    • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 105,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
    • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 375,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
    • Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty go underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
    • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized italians living along the coast.
    • East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories. 
    • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
    • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 120,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory. 
    • Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
    • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
    • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top of the line ships.
    • New Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Catalonia is given 10 top of the line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence.
  • County of Oldenburg: The two new naval ships are completed, and they do a trans-Atlantic trip. Hearing about the profitability of Caribbean colonies, the Regency Council looks into perhaps acquiring some. Oldenburg's decidedly less profitable colonies, Neu Norderney and Neu Juist, expand 200km. 
  • Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The new energetic prince-Bishop continues putting the country's affairs in order. 
  • Wu China: Economy is increased.
  • Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. The Damascan invasion of the Caucasus Confederation catches the Empire off guard, and the Empire scrambles a response, sending emissaries to the Tartary and armies to the east. After receiving the reply from the Tartary, the Empire tries for an Egyptian solution, hoping to save as many Christians as possible from the armies of the Arabs. The Empire agrees to the trade agreement with the Suri Empire, expanding trade links in the Indian subcontinent.
    • Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols.
    • Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts. A tiny bit of expansion occurs in the desert.
  • The Kiatagmiut Band plays a dominant role in a large Dena'ina and Yup'ik conference of elders and chiefs at Dgheyaytnu (OTL Anchorage). At this meeting, it is decided that the Kiatagmiut capital and largest city (arguably the largest city in all of Kelutmun) is to become the seat of a regional council that will meet every decade to help resolve tribal conflicts and prevent unneeded warfare which is currently tearing apart Dena'ina lands. The conference also puts a halt to Kiatagmiut incursions in Dena'ina lands provided that their cities are open for qayaq trade. Meanwhile, Aklaq works to integrate Yup'iks of Kusquqvagmiut and Togiagmiut as well as Nushagagmiut to learn the standard dialect of the Yugtun language spoken by Kiatagmiut leaders - Kusquqvak Yugtun. Meanwhile, work is made to the north to integrate Yugtun-speaking Kaialigamiut peoples. The trade outposts at Gidighuyghatno’ Xidochagg Qay’, Agdaaĝux̂, and Taxtamax̂ all prosper while fish and walrus domestication continue. Meanwhile, N'ot'am'or'on (too funny, Lemming) arrives at the mouth of the Kusquqvak River with a medium-sized fleet. Great Elder Aklaq rushes to the city of Naparyarraq to greet N'ot'am'or'on, who comes claiming to represent the same nation as the moderately-well respected (albeit oft mocked) I'mlos'taga'in. Aklaq and the High Shaman begin to negotiate with the admiral.
  • Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. Although being dismissed as an accident, Emperor Yokohama III takes suspicion to the recent incident with the South China Company, creating tension between him and the Spanish government. Troops are mobilized into Camboida.
    • Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions. Troops are mobilized into Camboida.
    • Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1690.
    • Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
    • Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
    • North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhistism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5,000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control.
    • South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhistism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5,000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. Troops are mobilized into Camboida.
  • In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. Knyaz-Namestnik Fredrik Hohenzollern is named the eventual "Acting Sovereign" by a decision after this year's Grand Summit, when they decided who would take oin the Responsibilities of the 68-year old Supreme Duchess in the eventual case of her demise. Another thing that came out of this year's Summit is the plan for a connected network of roads to increase communication between all the UK republics. The first steps to build a united road network is begun "To rival that of ancient Rome" at the City of Narva, where the first cobble roads are laid out, and construction begins to connect Pskov, Taalinn, and Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve. This is especially important because the city lies at the border, and the decision to start there only shows co-operations between all states involved. In any case, the situation in Danzig calms a bit. However, tensions remain high. The PIC goes to France to try and purchase the Caroline Islands, the southern of which they were already de facto administering anyway. In any case, Pskovian military and Navy get a slight boost due to the Economic growth occuring. Cash crops in the Americas such as cotton farmed in the Bahamas and Sugar and the like farmed in the Leeward Islands are big commodities in Europe and bring the PIC, and therefore Pskov, profit. Gold is also being mined in Zlatobrezhie which brings profit. Meanwhile, there, many administrators are now local, and Pskov are simply now the higher-ranking officials, already infiltrating the language and high culture, with many wealthy Zlatobrezhians gaining and education in the University of Pskov. The first Academy is opened in Zlatobrezhie, run by the church, and as missionaries continue the work of thse sent before them, stuff happens, and Christianity grows. In any case, some traders set up shop in Senegal for the first time. The Pskovians manage to procure a trade deal with the local governement, and the PIC opens its first branch in the Senegalese capital. From there, they plan on discovering every resource exploitable, this multinational corporations will not elave a single source of income for Pskov untapped. The first meetings with the Etat de Danzig and croatia to settle the Danzig issue are scheduled for next year.
    • The Federal Republic of Eesti reacts with indifference to the tensions building up in Danzig. "It's not really our problem, let the United Republic deal with it" is the general sentiment to people that either know about it, or are peripherally involved, like the Riigikogu. In any case the military is upgraded with flintlocks and whatnot. The Peaminister of Eesti agrees to meet in Riga, and attends what he dubbed the "Grand Summit".
    • In Latvia, economic dev happens as farming methods are improved, and Pskovina merchants invest in possible future profits. The President of the Seima attends the Grand Summit.
    • In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit.
    • In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care of the fate of the "lesser" nobility). In any case, the Prussian army waits at the gates of Danzig, hoping to gain access to the city. However, the French do not let them in, and refuse to give taxes, as Danzig belonging to France is not official in any treaty, but rather de facto. This is due to the change in administration, and the public outcry by the new leader of the Bundestag. In any case, this might actually harm some people, so many Prussians living in cities watch the situation with great care ... or at least try to in the era of information traveling very slowly. The Chancellor attends the Grand Summit.
  • The Cherokee Nation: Continues its military expansion with General Galegenoh continuing the eastward push into the chaotic unorganized ex-Cahokian territory east of the Cherokee nation. The Cherokee nation expands 5000 sq km eastward into the ex-Cahokian territory this year.

1686

The new era of mod events has arrived.

Angered at the Spanish incursion and conquest of their lands, the organized Hawaiian tribes launch attacks against the Spanish trade posts and forts there. Far away from reinforcements, lacking large scale native support, and heavily outnumbered, the Spanish are forced off the islands by the battle-hardened Hawaiian forces.

Armed skirmishes break out in Brittany between supporters of total Breton independence and the vague legal alignment towards Britannia. Several people die in the skirmishes, including a prominent French noble who was visiting the area.

The first religious riots occur in Roman India, where Hindu, Christian, and Jewish locals fight over the issue of having a Hindu ruler over Christian and Jewish holy sites. The riots eventually subside, but not before several are killed and the air of tension remains.

A few minor rebellions break out in White Croatia when Polish nobles demand that their clearly Polish land be integrated back into Poland. By the end of the year the total number of deaths is at least 200 between executions and raids.

Hooray break the hegemony.

Finally real mod events

  • Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands its infrastructure, its subjects expand their economies. At the beginning of the year, Hamburgian captains in Asia hear rumors of an island chain called Hawaii. Using what information they know they sail east in attempt to locate the islands. After several voyages, a captain named Jakob Koch locates them. Contact with the natives is made through speaking Spanish, though the sailors don't know how they came to learn it, unaware of Hispanias previous attempt to colonize the islands. Koch, having mapped the islands and the route to them, asks the Hawaiian chiefs to allow them to establish a trading post on what they come to call Koch Island (otl Ford Island, Oahu). Mod response please.
  • 'Demak Sultanate: (TheOldGodPan asked me to post since his computer is in the shop ... still). We start expanding our military and continue to raise a fleet. We start vassalizing the territory to our north (Turn Two of Three).
  • Suri Empire: Prince Fadeel Khan Lari is in need of a wife. Sultan Asad Khan Lari weds his daughter, Princess Aasmaa to Prince Sulimen VI of The Damascan Sultanate, creating a dynastic rule. Sultan Asad Khan Lari, after seeing immediate success of opium in Multan, he promotes the production of cannabis (indica) Border patrols continue. We continue to expand our military, bringing it to 175,000. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. After years of research, the students of Kahn Pir Islam developed a method to produce firearms at a much higher rate. Friendly relations with Urdustan and Lanka continue. We start vassalizing Tibet (Turn One of Eight). The Sultan promotes local governors who are loyal to the thrown to lead all vassals of the Empire. We request 24 pixels of land from the Demak Sultanate to build a port. Our small navy continues to grow, we now have 14 ships. The young Prince Fadeel Khan Lari turns 16 and begins his education in his father's court.
    • Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
    • Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Infrastructure is expanded. With the construction of (OTL) Fatehpuri Masjid brings in Muslims from all over south east Asia. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
    • Multan (vassal of the Suri Empire): Wāli Ahkeen Farooqui promotes the growth of tobacco and poppy (opium). Opium dens become popular. Our economy is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper and positive trading is continued. with Urdustan. We request Urdustani ships to help protect our trade into Indonesia and The Philippines.
    • Ladakh (vassal of the Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Seeing the success of opium in Multan, the local governor orders the commissions local farmers to start growing opium. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
    • Port Hejaz: Wāli Abduhl Achbaar continues to expand Port Hejaz's infrastructure. Our navy is expanded to 12 ships from our original ten. We continue friendly trade relations with Rome.
    • Reference to Admiral Akbaar? -Swank
    • Btw your request was approved already I believe, and the Romans have approved the trade agreement, sorry this is late. -Swank
  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
  • Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. Although being dismissed as an accident, Emperor Yokohama III takes suspicion to the recent incident with the South China Company, creating tension between him and the Spanish government. Troops are mobilized into Camboida.
    • Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions. Troops are mobilized into Camboida.
    • Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1690.
    • Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
    • Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
    • North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhistism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5,000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control.
    • South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhistism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5,000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. Troops are mobilized into Camboida.
  • Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy, therefore importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan. [Mil/Eco Turn]
    • Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes[Mil/Eco Turn]
  • The Kiatagmiut Band: Continues, under Aklaq and the High Shaman, to negotiate with N'ot'am'or'on of the Nivkh nation. Meanwhile, the arrival of another sailor who professes the benefits of a written language has convinced the High Shaman to adopt a sort of written language based heavily upon the language of the Nivkhs' alphabet but uses Yugtun as the basis. Meanwhile, the qayaq trade continues to blossom, especially in the three main outposts. Integration of other Yup'iks continue, while expansion into Kaialigamiut and Ogulmiut lands continue. Domesticaiton of some fish and, more notably, walrus continues and the qayaq trade continually brings new berries to the Band to be domesticated. We propose a trade deal that would open the ports of the Band to the Nivkh state.
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism.
  • Alle Westphalia (All of Westphalia)00:15

    Alle Westphalia (All of Westphalia)

    New Hesse: Charles I continues giving speeches calling for Westphalia to unite once more. He goes to the Westphalian Confederation and asks all nations to merge back into Westphalia. (Mods respond please.) Charles I also comes up with a tune for uniting Westphalia, called 'All of Westphalia'.
  • Blocky came up with a melody. You can't decline his request to unite Westphalia. It'd be plain wrong. -Sky
  • Ehh, some of them say yes, others say no. -MP
  • Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a backseat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 6,000,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (170,000), then Peru (80,000), Machu Picchu (65,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Cava hits the age of 63, with her son, Huascar (35), set to take the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother, Maitia (27), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (20) Reconstuction of Huari continues. A novel called , The Children of the Mountains , is published in the Inca Empire. The Novel details a history where Cuzco is destroyed by Spanish Conquerors and what remains of the Inca live within the mountains, fighting against the Spanish conquistadors. The novel is mostly ignored.
    • Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,500,000. Chirbaya Cuzco has a population of 75,000.
    • Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 1,500,000. Chan Chan has a population of 127,000.
    • Collaquimbaya: Expansion ends. Military and economy improve. Population stands at 10,000. The city of Apeac stands at a population of 10,000.
  • The Cherokee Nation: Continues its military expansion with General Galegenoh continuing the eastward push into the chaotic unorganized ex-Cahokian territory east of the Cherokee nation. The Cherokee nation expands 5000 sq km eastward into the ex-Cahokian territory this year. The King proclaims that the war is almost over to his people, but that part of the General Galegenoh's army will continue to expand the Cherokee nation by expanding farther east into the nomadic zone where colonial powers where slowly expanding into. The King proclaims this will help Cherokee trade and also stop greater European influence in the Cherokee sphere of influence.
  • Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 15.1 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. The Royal spanish government in the Philippines begins figuring out how to re-colonize hawaii for Spain looking to retake what is rightfully Spanish claim. Hispania officially unveils its first few four decker 140 gun warships, Being some of the largest ships put in existence by the European navies it comes as a shock to the Rest of Europes major naval powers. The Inca written novel Children of the Mountains takes off in New Spain becoming a major literature peice for various educated peoples. Its hailed as a great narrative of alternate history.
    • ​Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well.
    • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
    • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 
    • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
    • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
    • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
    • Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
    • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
    • Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 20,000
    • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. 
    • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
    • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
    • Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
    • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
    • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
    • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities.  New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 3.9 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is achieved in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty.
    • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 105,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
    • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 375,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
    • Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty go underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
    • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized italians living along the coast.
    • East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories. 
    • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
    • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 120,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory. 
    • Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
    • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
    • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top of the line ships.
    • New Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Catalonia is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence.
  • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military
  • County of Oldenburg: The Regency Council realises that it probably can't afford a Caribbean island, and decides to remain focused on Borealia. People are given cash incentives to move to Neu Norderney and Neu Juist. Neu Norderney expands 200km North along the coast.
    • Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Infrastructure becomes the Prince-Bishop's idee fixe. He names himself "the infrastructure Prince-Bishop" and sets about repairing roads and bridges and things like that. 
  • Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Economy turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. The Sabor reform ends. The educational reform begins with the creation of new universities in Red Croatia, White Croatia and Carantania (and to a lesser extent in Poland) and the blossoming of numerous new writers who, unlike before, adopt an writing style by looking up to the Ancient Greek and Roman writers. The Čudoljubovo University's works are slowly being copied and transfered to Red Croatia, primarily Zadar and Zagreb with both having major universities either built or improved such as the Zagreb University, consisting of natural sciences, philosophy, law and theology (prirodoslovlje, mudroslovlje, pravo i bogoslovlje). Timurism is deemed heresy and begins losing the little followers it had. Ragusan culture begins gaining more influence in all of the Bajanate. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. Following the Polish revolts, parts of White Croatia with a polish majority are prepared to be given back to Poland. A day of mourning for the victims is declared in the Bajanate.
    • ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. 
    • Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
    • Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
    • Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
    • Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
    • Isles of the Grand Bajanate: The colonizers push inward, expanding onto the unsettled part of the isles. Croats primarily begin settling the new lands.
  • Mangut Nivkhgu: Nation expands 10,000 KM SQ on Kamchatka. The fleet is greatly impressed by Kiatagmiut civilization and agricultural products. Specifically, they are greatly interested in the domestication of walruses, which coul be useful to the frigid Norhthern reaches of the Nivkh empire. The admiral asks what the Kiatagmiut needs that can be exchanged for the export of walruses and walrus herders for breeding stock.
  • Scandinavian Empire: As peace is restored after the Alleghany Wars, Scandinavia proposes the creation of a new colony in the area called Jansylvania, named after Jans Eriksen, who discovered the area in the early 1500s. The capital is set at a trading post deep in Alleghany territory. The city is called Fritzborg after the general in charge of taking the land. Explorers work to explore lands along the Ohio River and along the Great Lakes. In the meantime, Scandinavian traders in the Sri Lanka region bring back with them a dodo bird. These birds, which have become increasingly rare, have captivated and marveled the Scandinavian public. It survives the voyage back to Scandinavia. There, King Kristoffer takes an interest in purchasing the bird. He does so and keeps one of the last known dodos as a pet. The military expands.
    • Helluland: The military is established.
    • Huronsmark: The military is improved.
    • Iceland: The military is improved.
    • Jansylvania: The military is expanded.
    • Karelia: The military expands.
    • New Gotland: The military expands.
    • Schleswig: The military is expanded.
    • Sjösmark: The military is expanded this year as new rifles make it to Sjösmark. 
    • Strombek: The military is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km.
    • Vinland: The military is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km
  • |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland through the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The nation is outraged by the Breton assassination, However, the king decides to await for a more favorable time to punish the Breton Killing, The king, however, warns the Bretons and States clearly, "Any further damage to a French citizen in their territory or piracy or any sort of attempted attack at the Kingdom's subjects will be viewed as a war declaration and the rather view towards the Breton that France has kept will change rather quick. Blockades to Breton traders begins in the territories of the French Empire.
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
    • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.The war troops return as the war ends later on the year. The war ends by the end of the year
    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. The war ends by the end of the year
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
    • French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue to be built to outlying villages and plantations continue to be built.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The war ends by the end of the year
    • Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655. on behalf of the King of France the Etat de Danzig desires to solve the political issue between the countries of Pskov and France. we would regard a treaty if desired by the Pskovian leadership on the regards of this recurring issue that has caused some turmoil and concern in their domains, the croatians are asked to join the conversations as well (LX - Look Over Here)
    • Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle. The Western Half of Chahta and Chickasha are annexed by the kingdom, while the rest is rewarded to the Colony of Rouenelle
  • Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. The Damascan invasion of the Caucasus Confederation catches the Empire off guard, and the Empire scrambles a response, sending emissaries to the Tartary and armies to the east. After receiving the reply from the Tartary, the Empire tries for an Egyptian solution, hoping to save as many Christians as possible from the armies of the Arabs. The Empire agrees to the trade agreement with the Suri Empire, expanding trade links in the Indian subcontinent. The religious riots in India are dealt with, and the rioters are broken up, and the government is stongly advised to prevent such conflict in the future, as it could be disasterous.
    • Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols.
    • Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts. A tiny bit of expansion occurs in the desert.
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1686, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 56, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has five children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoration. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In military news, Leopold and the Curia Bavaria vote on several army reforms in Bavaria proper. The army reforms commence in 1669, and make very slow progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by gradually sweeping away feudal levies. The standing army is to be formalized with greater detail than ever before, and several armies, regiments, and compositions are to be created. In political news, Leopold II continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. King Leopold II continues to suffer from acute pains in his abdomen and legs, and because of this, Prince Franz-Dominic assumes the responsibilities of holding court. Franz-Dominic also marries Brandenburger noblewoman Klaudia von Werzctbrag. In 1684, Klauda has a daughter, whom she names Maria. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament. Leopold II succumbs to his acute illnesses and passes away on July 1, 1686. His son succeeds him as King Franz-Dominic I. Franz-Dominic I already has one child, Maria (born 1684).
    • Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 56, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold V continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
    • Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 186 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 26, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683). Albert II and Maria have a child this year, whom they name Albert.
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 46, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669). Mary of Pomerania is married to Henry von Hamburg in a matrilineal match, so children would be under the Wittelsbach dynasty. Franz-Ballard, knowing he is unable to produce children, and does not care much for another marriage, declares Mary to be his heir. 
    • Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
    • New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
    • Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers namePerlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
    • In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. Knyaz-Namestnik Fredrik Hohenzollern is named the eventual "Acting Sovereign" by a decision after this year's Grand Summit, when they decided who would take oin the Responsibilities of the 68-year old Supreme Duchess in the eventual case of her demise. Another thing that came out of this year's Summit is the plan for a connected network of roads to increase communication between all the UK republics. The first steps to build a united road network is begun "To rival that of ancient Rome" at the City of Narva, where the first cobble roads are laid out, and construction begins to connect Pskov, Taalinn, and Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve. This is especially important because the city lies at the border, and the decision to start there only shows co-operations between all states involved. In any case, the situation in Danzig calms a bit. However, tensions remain high. The PIC goes to France to try and purchase the Caroline Islands, the southern of which they were already de facto administering anyway. In any case, Pskovian military and Navy get a slight boost due to the Economic growth occuring. Cash crops in the Americas such as cotton farmed in the Bahamas and Sugar and the like farmed in the Leeward Islands are big commodities in Europe and bring the PIC, and therefore Pskov, profit. Gold is also being mined in Zlatobrezhie which brings profit. Meanwhile, there, many administrators are now local, and Pskov are simply now the higher-ranking officials, already infiltrating the language and high culture, with many wealthy Zlatobrezhians gaining and education in the University of Pskov. The first Academy is opened in Zlatobrezhie, run by the church, and as missionaries continue the work of thse sent before them, stuff happens, and Christianity grows. In any case, some traders set up shop in Senegal for the first time. The Pskovians manage to procure a trade deal with the local governement, and the PIC opens its first branch in the Senegalese capital. From there, they plan on discovering every resource exploitable, this multinational corporations will not elave a single source of income for Pskov untapped. The first meetings with the Etat de Danzig and croatia to settle the Danzig issue are scheduled for next year.****The Federal Republic of Eesti reacts with indifference to the tensions building up in Danzig. "It's not really our problem, let the United Republic deal with it" is the general sentiment to people that either know about it, or are peripherally involved, like the Riigikogu. In any case the military is upgraded with flintlocks and whatnot. The Peaminister of Eesti agrees to meet in Riga, and attends what he dubbed the "Grand Summit".
        • In Latvia, economic dev happens as farming methods are improved, and Pskovina merchants invest in possible future profits. The President of the Seima attends the Grand Summit.
        • In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit.
        • In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care of the fate of the "lesser" nobility). In any case, the Prussian army waits at the gates of Danzig, hoping to gain access to the city. However, the French do not let them in, and refuse to give taxes, as Danzig belonging to France is not official in any treaty, but rather de facto. This is due to the change in administration, and the public outcry by the new leader of the Bundestag. In any case, this might actually harm some people, so many Prussians living in cities watch the situation with great care ... or at least try to in the era of information traveling very slowly. The Chancellor attends the Grand Summit.
  • Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are built up.
    • Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military and economoy are built up.

1687

Tensions rise between the regions of Serbia and Montenegro in the Roman Empire. A few Montenegrin nobles and commoners start preaching that they are two separate peoples, or at the very least two separate entities.

Religious riots break out in Jerusalem between the Jewish, Christian, and Muslim populations.

Following their victory over the Spanish, the Hawaiian tribes confederate in order to prevent any other foreign invasions or influence. The Spanish influence has yielded some benefits for the Hawaiians, namely a limited knowledge of European weaponry and a limited resistance to European diseases.

The Bahmani-Vijaynagara rivalry sparks into an open flame causing large casualties and conflicts this year after a series of disputes, arguments, and rash insults. Local princes beg the Urdustani government to put an end to the conflict as soon as possible before it spirals out of control further.

The Vietnamese start minor uprisings against the Japanese Empire. Although not a major issue, it forces the Japanese government to halt expansion on Papua for the following decade. (No Japanese colonial expansion for ten years.)

Mainz, Lippe, Paderborn, and Brunswick-Gottingen respond to New Hesse and rejoin. 

Russian nobles attempt a coup, angry at the government’s relative inaction over the issues of Pskov, the Tartary, and Russian unity.

What government are these nobles staging a coup against? What issues are there to be angry over?

  • Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands its infrastructure, and its subjects expand their militaries. In Asia, Urdustan is thanked for agreeing to sell Nellore to Hamburg. Local politicians remain in power, while Hamburgian appointees run aspects related to Hamburgs trade in the region. The Hamburgians are discouraged from actively pushing religious conversion onto the locals, citing recent unrest in other european enclaves. On a final note, while the city is still named "Nellore" when discussing with local residents, it is referred to as "Friedrichsburg" when assciating with Europeans, in honor of Friedrich I "the Great", father of Friedrich II Hamburg and Dietrich of Albion.
  • Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. Although being dismissed as an accident, Emperor Yokohama III takes suspicion to the recent incident with the South China Company, creating tension between him and the Spanish government. Troops are mobilized into Camboida.
    • Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions. Troops are mobilized into Camboida.
    • Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1690.
    • Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
    • Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
    • North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhistism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5,000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control.
    • South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhistism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5,000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. Troops are mobilized into Camboida.
  • Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy, therefore importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan. [Mil/Eco Turn]
    • Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes[Mil/Eco Turn]
  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
  • |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland through the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The nation is outraged by the Breton assassination, However the king decides to await for a more favorable time to punish the Breton Killing, The king, however, warns the Bretons and States clearly, "Any further damage to a French citizen in their territory or piracy or any sort of attempted attack at the Kingdom's subjects will be viewed as a war declaration and the rather view towards the Breton that France has kept will change rather quick. Blockades to Breton traders begins in the territories of the French Empire.
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
    • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.The war troops return as the war ends later on the year. The war ends by the end of the year
    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. The war ends by the end of the year
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
    • French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue to be built to outlying villages and plantations continue to be built.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The war ends by the end of the year
    • Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655. on behalf of the King of France the Etat de Danzig desires to solve the political issue between the countries of Pskov and France. we would regard a treaty if desired by the Pskovian leadership on the regards of this recurring issue that has caused some turmoil and concern in their domains, the croatians are asked to join the conversations as well (LX - Look Over Here)
    • Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle. The Western Half of Chahta and Chickasha are annexed by the kingdom, while the rest is rewarded to the Colony of Rouenelle
  • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism.
  • Ayutthaya: Following the coalition lead victory over Cambodia, we greatly strenghten our border with Laos expecting large retaliation. We move into the East and occupy with a large military force and expand the District of Trat. We increase to the now vastly more populated region, and we try to increase our Thai population over the Cambodians. We increase our road network to the new areas as well and set up quicker trade. Outside of Trat, our trade has increased with gunpwder exports but we mainly focus on rebuilding our economy after the war. 

I don't have a map yet of the annexed regions of Cambodia as I'm not sure how much land I can take. CNC1 Nod EmblemAternix!?Atheism 07:37, November 15, 2014 (UTC)

  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ashinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippewa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The navy continues to improve, but it and the merchant marine remain relatively primitive. Merchants are excited by the idea of trading directly with Europe, and interest in finding a harbour to use as a stopping point on the way there grows. Meanwhile, the primitive (nonexistent, almost) shipyards at Nhu Euskadi are modernized. Contact with the Beothuk on Newfoundland leads fishermen to begin fishing the Grand Banks. Igulik becomes a valued harbour, and expands 200 km.
    • Chippewa: The military improves while numerous Crees immigrate.
    • Mackinac: The military improves.
    • Odawa: The military improves.
    • Chisasibi: The military improves.
    • North Ojibwe: The military improves.
  • Peruvian Confederation: Within the  Inca Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a backseat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 6,000,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (170,000), then Peru (80,000), Machu Picchu (65,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Cava hits the age of 63, with her son, Huascar (35), set to take the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother, Maitia (27), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (20) Reconstuction of Huari continues. A novel called , The Children of the Mountains , is published in the Inca Empire. The Novel details a history where Cuzco is destroyed by Spanish Conquerors and what remains of the Inca live within the mountains, fighting against the Spanish conquistadors. The novel is mostly ignored.
    • Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,500,000. Chirbaya Cuzco has a population of 75,000.
    • Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 1,500,000. Chan Chan has a population of 127,000.
    • Collaquimbaya: Expansion ends. Military and economy improve. Population stands at 100,000. The city of Apeac stands at a population of 10,000.
  • Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 15.1 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. The Royal spanish government in the Philippines begins figuring out how to re-colonize hawaii for Spain looking to retake what is rightfully Spanish claim. Hispania officially unveils its first few four decker 140 gun warships, Being some of the largest ships put in existence by the European navies it comes as a shock to the Rest of Europes major naval powers. 
    • ​Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well.
    • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
    • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 
    • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
    • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
    • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
    • Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
    • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
    • Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 20,000
    • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. 
    • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
    • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
    • Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
    • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
    • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
    • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities.  New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 4.3 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is achieved in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty.
    • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 105,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
    • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 375,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
    • Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty go underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
    • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized italians living along the coast.
    • East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories. 
    • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
    • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 120,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory. 
    • Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
    • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
    • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top of the line ships.
    • New Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Catalonia is given 10 top of the line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence.
  • The Cherokee Nation: Continues its military expansion with General Galegenoh continuing the eastward push into the chaotic unorganized ex-Cahokian territory east of the Cherokee nation. The Cherokee nation expands 5000 sq km eastward into the ex-Cahokian territory and the nomadic territory further east of the ex-Cahokian land this year. The King proclaims that the war against the ex-Cahokian warlords is over to his people, and that part of General Galegenoh's army will continue to expand the Cherokee nation by expanding farther east into the nomadic zone. With the nation expanding militarily to the east, the King begins to look for more peaceful means of expanding north, west and south. He sends up his eldest son, Crown Prince Waya with an entourage northward to meet with the Chief of the Shawanwa Nation to discuss a posible union between the Chief's eldest daughter and Prince Way. The King's second eldest son, Sequoyah is sent to the west to meet with the Chief of the Koasati Nation to discuss their relations with the Cherokee. With a successful war, a planned dynastic union and possible subordination of the Koasati Nation: King Degata is very happy with the future of his nation.
  • Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Military turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. The Sabor reform ends. The educational reform begins with the creation of new universities in Red Croatia, White Croatia and Carantania (and to a lesser extent in Poland) and the blossoming of numerous new writers who, unlike before, adopt an writing style by looking up to the Ancient Greek and Roman writers. The Čudoljubovo University's works are slowly being copied and transfered to Red Croatia, primarily Zadar and Zagreb with both having major universities either built or improved such as the Zagreb University, consisting of natural sciences, philosophy, law and theology (prirodoslovlje, mudroslovlje, pravo i bogoslovlje). Timurism is deemed heresy and begins losing the little followers it had. Ragusan culture begins gaining more influence in all of the Bajanate. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate.
    • ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. 
    • Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
    • Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
    • Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
    • Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
    • Isles of the Grand Bajanate: The colonizers push inward, expanding onto the unsettled part of the isles. Croats primarily begin settling the new lands.
  • Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. The Damascan invasion of the Caucasus Confederation catches the Empire off guard, and the Empire scrambles a response, sending emissaries to the Tartary and armies to the east. After receiving the reply from the Tartary, the Empire tries for an Egyptian solution, hoping to save as many Christians as possible from the armies of the Arabs. The Empire agrees to the trade agreement with the Suri Empire, expanding trade links in the Indian subcontinent. The religious riots in India are dealt with, and the rioters are broken up, and the government is strongly advised to prevent such conflict in the future, as it could be disastrous.
    • Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drive the colonization process further.
    • Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
  • Wu China: Military is improved.
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1687, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Franz-Dominic I, aged 28, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Franz-Dominic continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King's children are: Maria (born 1684). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoration. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. Army reforms continue, making substantial progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by sweeping away feudal levies. In political news, Franz-Dominic I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament.
    • Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Franz-Dominic I, aged 28, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Franz-Dominic I continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
    • Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 186 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 27, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683). Albert II and Maria have a child this year, whom they name Albert.
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 47, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669). Mary of Pomerania is married to Henry von Hamburg in a matrilineal match, so children would be under the Wittelsbach dynasty. Franz-Ballard, knowing he is unable to produce children, and does not care much for another marriage, declares Mary to be his heir. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, whom they name Margaret.
    • Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
    • New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
    • Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers namePerlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
  • In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. Knyaz-Namestnik Fredrik Hohenzollern is named the eventual "Acting Sovereign" by a decision after this year's Grand Summit, when they decided who would take oin the Responsibilities of the 68-year old Supreme Duchess in the eventual case of her demise. Another thing that came out of this year's Summit is the plan for a connected network of roads to increase communication between all the UK republics. The first steps to build a united road network is begun "To rival that of ancient Rome" at the City of Narva, where the first cobble roads are laid out, and construction begins to connect Pskov, Taalinn, and Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve. This is especially important because the city lies at the border, and the decision to start there only shows co-operations between all states involved. In any case, the situation in Danzig calms a bit. However, tensions remain high. The PIC goes to France to try and purchase the Caroline Islands, the southern of which they were already de facto administering anyway. In any case, Pskovian military and Navy get a slight boost due to the Economic growth occuring. Cash crops in the Americas such as cotton farmed in the Bahamas and Sugar and the like farmed in the Leeward Islands are big commodities in Europe and bring the PIC, and therefore Pskov, profit. Gold is also being mined in Zlatobrezhie which brings profit. Meanwhile, there, many administrators are now local, and Pskov are simply now the higher-ranking officials, already infiltrating the language and high culture, with many wealthy Zlatobrezhians gaining and education in the University of Pskov. The first Academy is opened in Zlatobrezhie, run by the church, and as missionaries continue the work of thse sent before them, stuff happens, and Christianity grows. In any case, some traders set up shop in Senegal for the first time. The Pskovians manage to procure a trade deal with the local governement, and the PIC opens its first branch in the Senegalese capital. From there, they plan on discovering every resource exploitable, this multinational corporations will not elave a single source of income for Pskov untapped. The first meetings with the Etat de Danzig and croatia to settle the Danzig issue are scheduled for next year. The Events in the Neighbouring Russian states are watched with great intrigue, and a decision is made by the New Veche in a secret session to fund dissent amongst Russians against the tsar, and arm possible "republlican" rebels in Novgorod. Much of the support comes from descendants of the Republcians in the Novgorod civil war that fled to Pskov once the civil war in Novgorod was over. Covert agents are sent into Novgorod and some into moscow to incite crowds against the Tsar.
    • The Federal Republic of Eesti reacts with indifference to the tensions building up in Danzig. "It's not really our problem, let the United Republic deal with it" is the general sentiment to people that either know about it, or are peripherally involved, like the Riigikogu. In any case the military is upgraded with flintlocks and whatnot. The Peaminister of Eesti agrees to meet in Riga, and attends what he dubbed the "Grand Summit".
    • In Latvia, economic dev happens as farming methods are improved, and Pskovina merchants invest in possible future profits. The President of the Seima attends the Grand Summit.
    • In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit.
    • In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care of the fate of the "lesser" nobility). In any case, the Prussian army waits at the gates of Danzig, hoping to gain access to the city. However, the French do not let them in, and refuse to give taxes, as Danzig belonging to France is not official in any treaty, but rather de facto. This is due to the change in administration, and the public outcry by the new leader of the Bundestag. In any case, this might actually harm some people, so many Prussians living in cities watch the situation with great care ... or at least try to in the era of information traveling very slowly. The Chancellor attends the Grand Summit.
    • Scandinavian Empire: As peace is restored after the Alleghany Wars, Scandinavia proposes the creation of a new colony in the area called Jansylvania, named after Jans Eriksen, who discovered the area in the early 1500s. The capital is set at a trading post deep in Alleghany territory. The city is called Fritzborg after the general in charge of taking the land. Explorers work to explore lands along the Ohio River and along the Great Lakes. In the meantime, Scandinavian traders in the Sri Lanka region bring back with them a dodo bird. These birds, which have become increasingly rare, have captivated and marveled the Scandinavian public. It survives the voyage back to Scandinavia. There, King Kristoffer takes an interest in purchasing the bird. He does so and keeps one of the last known dodos as a pet. The economy expands.
        • Helluland: The economy is established.
        • Huronsmark: The economy is improved.
        • Iceland: The economy is improved.
        • Jansylvania: The economy is expanded.
        • Karelia: The economy expands.
        • New Gotland: The economy expands.
        • Schleswig: The economy is expanded.
        • Sjösmark: The economy is expanded this year as new rifles make it to Sjösmark. 
        • Strombek: The economy is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km.
        • Vinland: The economy is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km
  • Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are developed.
    • Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military and economy are developed.

1688

With Hamburg being the most powerful state in the rump HRE, many Hamburgers begin to question why Oldenburg isn’t under Hamburg’s direct jurisdiction. This causes the withering of Hamburg-Oldenburg relations and doubt in their neutral stance towards each other along with trade issues.

I can't help but chuckle when you say Hamburgers. CNC1 Nod EmblemAternix!?Atheism 01:53, November 16, 2014 (UTC)

The proper demonym nowadays is "Hamburgian" I am that guy (talk)

Nothing like an event to break up an alliance between your two enemies. Strangely we hardly ever see these the other way around.

If you're trying to say that Crimmy made the event, you're wrong, Tr0llis. That event was made by me upon MP's request for more revolt events.  SkyGreen24(P,Q) 17:22, November 16, 2014 (UTC)

I didn't say anyone at all made it, just that it was made.

Why would continued peace between two states make them want to end relations? Why would a state logically make the assumption that their friend should be annexed? (Does the US think "Wow I'm becoming pretty powerful on this continent, I should annex my friend Canada"?) Why would you make an event targeting Hamburg for being powerful, when Bavaria actually is powerful, and this event only makes them potentially more powerful.

Pro-Habsburg and Anti-Habsburg mobs clash in Frankfurt and the rest of the Westphalian Confederation, leaving many dead.

Runaway slaves in Dutch Guiana begin to integrate into native society. With a common enemy in the Dutch Empire, the slaves and natives begin to work together to target Dutch weaknesses and resist Dutch expansion.

Groups of Spanish and French privateers clash in the Imperial Sea. In the inconclusive aftermath, both nations assume the other has privateers gunning after their ships and tensions rise as a result.

  • Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V dies on his 63rd birthday. Prince Sulimen VI is made Sultan and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 435,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 245,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 27.7 million. Relations with Urdustan are increased. Light flintlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 290,000. Prince Sulimen VI is now 38. Prince Sulimen VI has a son with Princess Aasmaa he is named Sulimen VII. Damascus and Suri enter a Dynastic Union. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the edges. We increase relations with the Suri Empire and Demak Sultanate. We continue to help the Kingdom of Nubia become Islamic, we send more holymen to spread the word of Muhammad and God. Sulimen VII is 18. We give an enclave to the Suri EmpireWe declare war on the Kingdom of Georgia. We thank the Suri Empire for their 25,000 soldiers, and use them in the war of Georgia. We invade Georgia. 50,000 soldiers are sent into Jerusalem to calm the riots. Religious harmony is pushed in the city. The new sultan explains to the people of Jerusalem: "Regardless that the nation in which Jerusalem is governed over happens to be Islamic, the city of Jerusalem is a key city in all three major Abrahamic religions. If any groups are started or officiate themselves in taking responsibility for the riots they will be removed immediately by force by the Damascan military. I cannot stress how important the peace in Jerusalem is to the rest of the world. Jerusalem is a small representation of harmony throughout the world. If the three major religions cannot tolerate each other in one city then it will be a heading for nations around the world to find reasons to not get along based on religious morals. I urge you all to forget about the deep rooted tensions in your personal beliefs and accept another for whom they are. We all believe in the almighty god, and are all God-fearing. We have this bond amongst ourselves, and it should be that we cooperate with one another that way Jerusalem can be a golden example to the rest of the world as to why different religious nations should work together instead of against one another." the Sultan, Sultan Sulimen VI stepped down from the main heading at Jerusalem and was escorted to the villa in Jerusalem. He stations 5,000 soldiers around the villa, and 20,000 around the villa walls. 25,000 others were sent to the Jewish, Muslim, and Christian districts to help rebuild homes, pay tributes, donate, and build hospitals and schools throughout the city. Jerusalem is being built to be the Jewel of all religions, and should be cherished for its harmony throughout its reputation to other nations.
    • Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa has made Aleppraqht a vital economic trading area on the coast of Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 60,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
    • Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and infrastructure expands. With the small 10 px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
    • Cairo (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 345,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. We continue expanding the port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
    • Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swathed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand military. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed. Centralization begins and the differences of culture begins to splice.
  • Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands its infrastructure, and its subjects expand their militaries. Now with a large base of operations, Hamburgs trade in Southeast Asia grows, and trade talks with Aceh progress smoothly. Several trips a year are made to Hawaii, to trade european supplies in exchange for local goods. In response to those who have expressed interest in subjugating Oldenburg under Hamburg, Duke Otto makes several public appearances in epicenters of concern, particularly around Hanover. He makes it specifically clear that the interests expressed against Oldenburg are ridiculous, pointing out their long history of cooperation and their shared dynasty. In any case, Duke Otto sincerely apologizes to Oldenburg for the actions.
  • Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from recent wars and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. The settlement at St. Patriksburg is expanded, with a large kremlin and port being constructed.
  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
  • Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. Although being dismissed as an accident, Emperor Yokohama III takes suspicion to the recent incident with the South China Company, creating tension between him and the Spanish government. Troops are mobilized into Camboida.
    • Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions. Troops are mobilized into Camboida.
    • Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1690.
    • Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
    • Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
    • North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhistism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5,000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control.
    • South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhistism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5,000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. Troops are mobilized into Camboida.
  • Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy, therefore importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan. [Mil/Eco Turn]
    • Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes[Mil/Eco Turn]
  • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military
  • |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland through the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The nation is outraged by the Breton assassination, However the king decides to await for a more favorable time to punish the Breton Killing, The king, however, warns the Bretons and States clearly, "Any further damage to a French citizen in their territory or piracy or any sort of attempted attack at the Kingdom's subjects will be viewed as a war declaration and the rather view towards the Breton that France has kept will change rather quick. Blockades to Breton traders begins in the territories of the French Empire.
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
    • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.The war troops return as the war ends later on the year. The war ends by the end of the year
    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. The war ends by the end of the year
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
    • French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue to be built to outlying villages and plantations continue to be built.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The war ends by the end of the year
    • Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
    • Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle. The Western Half of Chahta and Chickasha are annexed by the kingdom, while the rest is rewarded to the Colony of Rouenelle
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism.
  • New Hesse: Charles I announces that we must keep Westphalia civil. He continues to call for all the other states to join him. He begins to vassalize the bordering states. He accepts the Croatian alliance request.
  • Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 15.1 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. The Royal spanish government in the Philippines begins figuring out how to re-colonize hawaii for Spain looking to retake what is rightfully Spanish claim. Hispania officially unveils its first few four decker 140 gun warships, Being some of the largest ships put in existence by the European navies it comes as a shock to the Rest of Europes major naval powers. 
      • ​Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well.
      • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
      • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 
      • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
      • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
      • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
      • Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
      • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
      • Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 20,000
      • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. 
      • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
      • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
      • Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
      • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
      • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
      • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities.  New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 4.3 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is achieved in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty.
      • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 105,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
      • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 375,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
      • Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty go underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
      • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized italians living along the coast.
      • East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories. 
      • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
      • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 120,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory. 
      • Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
      • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
      • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top of the line ships.
      • New Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Catalonia is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence.
  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ashinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippewa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The navy continues to improve, but it and the merchant marine remain relatively primitive. Merchants are excited by the idea of trading directly with Europe, and interest in finding a harbour to use as a stopping point on the way there grows. Meanwhile, the primitive (nonexistent, almost) shipyards at Nhu Euskadi are modernized. Contact with the Beothuk on Newfoundland leads fishermen to begin fishing the Grand Banks. Igulik becomes a valued harbour, and expands 200 km.
    • Chippewa: The economy improves while numerous Crees immigrate.
    • Mackinac: The economy improves.
    • Odawa: The economy improves.
    • Chisasibi: The economy improves.
    • North Ojibwe: The economy improves.
    • Nipissing: The economy improves.
  • Westphalia: This turn is officially dedicated to infrastructural expansion. Our forces begin training using experience from recent wars, and ships are built in allied ports. Our colonies continue to be supplied through allied territory, although growth is slow. Revolts across the nation are put down by military force, but overall revolts decrease as the nation returns to normal. Trade increases with the nations of Oldenburg, Hamburg, and the Netherlands. After reuniting with the Westphalian Confederacy, the nation of Frankfurt is readmitted into the nation.
  • Westphalia isn't even united... The closest to unity is Neu Hesse. -Sky
  • ^^^ Ms, you also signed up as the whole the Westphalian confed., as well as signing up as Luxembourg. I'm pretty sure you have to go to war against the entire confederacy even if you only want to vassalize one nation. Secondly, you need a definite mod approval to be apart of the Westphalian confederacy. Seeing how the Confed hates the Habsburgs, I doubt you will be able to enter. -Cookie
  • Actually any nation outside the confederacy cannot vassalize anything in the confederacy for the initial 50 years, so yeah. -Sky
  • What is this shit? I've been trying to reform Westphalia since it fell, you can't just waltz right in here and unite the rest of it out of your ass. ESPECIALLY as the Habsburgs. The Westphalian Confed HATES the Habsburgs, that's why they revolted to balkanize in the first god damn place. Seeing how I am the only one even close to uniting them again, and I've been doing so for many years now, I am calling major BS on this shit. - Blocky
  • I have crossed out this post until we can convene and get a better understanding of what's going on. -MP
  • Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Economy turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. The Sabor reform ends. The educational reform begins with the creation of new universities in Red Croatia, White Croatia and Carantania (and to a lesser extent in Poland) and the blossoming of numerous new writers who, unlike before, adopt an writing style by looking up to the Ancient Greek and Roman writers. The Čudoljubovo University's works are slowly being copied and transfered to Red Croatia, primarily Zadar and Zagreb with both having major universities either built or improved such as the Zagreb University, consisting of natural sciences, philosophy, law and theology (prirodoslovlje, mudroslovlje, pravo i bogoslovlje). Timurism is deemed heresy and begins losing the little followers it had. Ragusan culture begins gaining more influence in all of the Bajanate. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. A colony is created on OTL Newfoundland, it is named Karantanski Otok (Carantanian Island).
    • ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. 
    • Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
    • Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
    • Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
    • Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
    • Isles of the Grand Bajanate: The colonizers push inward, expanding onto the unsettled part of the isles. Croats primarily begin settling the new lands.
  • The Cherokee Nation: Continues its military expansion with General Galegenoh continuing the eastward push into the nomadic territory east of the Cherokee nation. The Cherokee nation expands 5000 sq km eastward into the nomadic territory with the intent of forming a common border with the Hamburg colony. Crown Prince Waya meets with the Chief of the Shawanwa Nation to discuss the possible marriage between himself and the Chief's eldest daughter. The Shawana Chief agrees to the marriage and hopes that the Prince Waya's children will inherit the will of the Shawana people so that the Chief's grandchild will rule the Shawanwa justly. Plans for the royal wedding begin and King Degataga praises his son's efforts to make the union of the Cherokee and Shawana nations happen. The King's second eldest son, Sequoyah is not as successful after meeting with the Chief of the Koasati Nation. The Koasati leader declaring he will not bend the knee to the Cherokee and become a vassal. Prince Sequoyah returns home to the capital to discuss with his father what to do with the Koasati now that they refused the Cherokee's offer of peace and subordination.
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1688, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Franz-Dominic I, aged 29, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Franz-Dominic continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King's children are: Maria (born 1684). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoration. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. Army reforms continue, making substantial progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by sweeping away feudal levies. In political news, Franz-Dominic I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament.In response to the diplomatic incidence in Oldenburg, Franz-Dominic I sends diplomatic envoys to both Oldenburg and Hamburg, aiming to repair diplomatic relations between the two powers. IN SECRET: King Franz-Dominic instructs a second envoy to travel secretly along the Oldenburg-Hamburg border and sow various levels of discontent among the population, including most dominantly spreading rumors of an impending Hamburgian invasion of Oldenburg. The work of the spies is meant to cause instability primarily in Hamburg, and in doing so, remove Oldenburg from any actual threat from Hamburgian force. Franz-Dominic instructs the secret envoy to approach the Oldenburger government and possibly petition for a co-operative pact to be established between Bavaria and Oldenburg. 
    • Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Franz-Dominic I, aged 29, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Franz-Dominic I continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
    • Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 186 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 28, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683). Albert II and Maria have a child this year, whom they name Albert.
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 48, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669). Mary of Pomerania is married to Henry von Hamburg in a matrilineal match, so children would be under the Wittelsbach dynasty. Franz-Ballard, knowing he is unable to produce children, and does not care much for another marriage, declares Mary to be his heir. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, whom they name Margaret.
    • Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
    • New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
    • Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers namePerlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
  • Ayutthaya: The annexed regions of Laos and Cambodia have large amounts of military force present and we continue to rebuild our economy after the finish of the war. We continue building roads that lionk the new regions and we upgrade our farming and cities in those regions to attract more Thai population. Our navy has repairs done due to the war and we look at building several military bases in the new regions. 
  • The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reliability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity. The Academia Canterbrigae releases its first peer reviewed journal, the Commentarium 'Academia Canterbrigae. This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion.
    • Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
    • Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
    • New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
    • Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
    • Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
    • New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
    • Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
    • Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New **Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
    • L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
  • Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. The Damascan invasion of the Caucasus Confederation catches the Empire off guard, and the Empire scrambles a response, sending emissaries to the Tartary and armies to the east. After receiving the reply from the Tartary, the Empire tries for an Egyptian solution, hoping to save as many Christians as possible from the armies of the Arabs. The Empire agrees to the trade agreement with the Suri Empire, expanding trade links in the Indian subcontinent. The religious riots in India are dealt with, and the rioters are broken up, and the government is strongly advised to prevent such conflict in the future, as it could be disastrous.
    • Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drive the colonization process further.
    • Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
  • Peruvian Confederation: Within the  Inca Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. Cava dies at the age of 65. her eldest son takes the throne. He, like his mother, places himself on the throne of both Tawatinsuyu and Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at six million, with the largest city being Cuzco (170,000), then Peru (80,000), Machu Picchu (65,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals.Huascar takes the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother, Maitia (27), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (20) Reconstuction of Huari continues. A novel called , The Children of the Mountains , is published in the Inca Empire. The Novel details a history where Cuzco is destroyed by Spanish Conquerors and what remains of the Inca live within the mountains, fighting against the Spanish conquistadors. The novel is mostly ignored. The Inca ask Spain if it is all right to form the Peruvian Royal Army, which would act as a sperate entinty from the Colonial military.
    • Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,500,000. Chirbaya Cuzco has a population of 75,000.
    • Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 1,500,000. Chan Chan has a population of 127,000.
    • Collaquimbaya: Expansion ends. Military and economy improve. Population stands at 100,000. The city of Apeac stands at a population of 10,000.
  • In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. Knyaz-Namestnik Fredrik Hohenzollern is named the eventual "Acting Sovereign" by a decision after this year's Grand Summit, when they decided who would take oin the Responsibilities of the 68-year old Supreme Duchess in the eventual case of her demise. Another thing that came out of this year's Summit is the plan for a connected network of roads to increase communication between all the UK republics. The first steps to build a united road network is begun "To rival that of ancient Rome" at the City of Narva, where the first cobble roads are laid out, and construction begins to connect Pskov, Taalinn, and Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve. This is especially important because the city lies at the border, and the decision to start there only shows co-operations between all states involved. In any case, the situation in Danzig calms a bit. However, tensions remain high. The PIC goes to France to try and purchase the Caroline Islands, the southern of which they were already de facto administering anyway. In any case, Pskovian military and Navy get a slight boost due to the Economic growth occuring. Cash crops in the Americas such as cotton farmed in the Bahamas and Sugar and the like farmed in the Leeward Islands are big commodities in Europe and bring the PIC, and therefore Pskov, profit. Gold is also being mined in Zlatobrezhie which brings profit. Meanwhile, there, many administrators are now local, and Pskov are simply now the higher-ranking officials, already infiltrating the language and high culture, with many wealthy Zlatobrezhians gaining and education in the University of Pskov. The first Academy is opened in Zlatobrezhie, run by the church, and as missionaries continue the work of thse sent before them, stuff happens, and Christianity grows. In any case, some traders set up shop in Senegal for the first time. The Pskovians manage to procure a trade deal with the local governement, and the PIC opens its first branch in the Senegalese capital. From there, they plan on discovering every resource exploitable, this multinational corporations will not elave a single source of income for Pskov untapped. The first meetings with the Etat de Danzig and croatia to settle the Danzig issue are scheduled for next year. The Events in the Neighbouring Russian states are watched with great intrigue, and a decision is made by the New Veche in a secret session to fund dissent amongst Russians against the tsar, and arm possible "republlican" rebels in Novgorod. Much of the support comes from descendants of the Republcians in the Novgorod civil war that fled to Pskov once the civil war in Novgorod was over. Covert agents are sent into Novgorod and some into moscow to incite crowds against the Tsar.
    • The Federal Republic of Eesti reacts with indifference to the tensions building up in Danzig. "It's not really our problem, let the United Republic deal with it" is the general sentiment to people that either know about it, or are peripherally involved, like the Riigikogu. In any case the military is upgraded with flintlocks and whatnot. The Peaminister of Eesti agrees to meet in Riga, and attends what he dubbed the "Grand Summit".
    • In Latvia, economic dev happens as farming methods are improved, and Pskovina merchants invest in possible future profits. The President of the Seima attends the Grand Summit.
    • In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit.
    • In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care of the fate of the "lesser" nobility). In any case, the Prussian army waits at the gates of Danzig, hoping to gain access to the city. However, the French do not let them in, and refuse to give taxes, as Danzig belonging to France is not official in any treaty, but rather de facto. This is due to the change in administration, and the public outcry by the new leader of the Bundestag. In any case, this might actually harm some people, so many Prussians living in cities watch the situation with great care ... or at least try to in the era of information traveling very slowly. The Chancellor attends the Grand Summit.
  • Scandinavian Empire: As peace is restored after the Alleghany Wars, Scandinavia proposes the creation of a new colony in the area called Jansylvania, named after Jans Eriksen, who discovered the area in the early 1500s. The capital is set at a trading post deep in Alleghany territory. The city is called Fritzborg after the general in charge of taking the land. Explorers work to explore lands along the Ohio River and along the Great Lakes. In the meantime, Scandinavian traders in the Sri Lanka region bring back with them a dodo bird. These birds, which have become increasingly rare, have captivated and marveled the Scandinavian public. It survives the voyage back to Scandinavia. There, King Kristoffer takes an interest in purchasing the bird. He does so and keeps one of the last known dodos as a pet. The economy expands.
  • Helluland: The economy is established.
  • Huronsmark: The economy is improved.
  • Iceland: The economy is improved.
  • Jansylvania: The economy is expanded.
  • Karelia: The economy expands.
  • New Gotland: The economy expands.
  • Schleswig: The economy is expanded.
  • Sjösmark: The economy is expanded this year as new rifles make it to Sjösmark.
  • Strombek: The economy is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km.
  • Vinland: The economy is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km

1689

The Britannian monarchy unveils an aggressive naval development campaign in the home isles becoming europes second largest navy once again just behind Spain. This signifies that Britannia still remains a major competitor

A Spanish Three Decker, and Two French frigates engage in the Imperial sea off Florida with major damage being incurred to all three ships, increasing tensions further and further straining the Alliance between the two Colonial giants.

In another Imperial sea incident, a Four way battle occurs between French, Spanish, Netherlander, and Britannian ships further breaking the relations between the western powers apart.

The Kanem Empire sees a new emperor take power and begins expanding south at a rapid pace.

Oh come on guys, not again... SkyGreen24(P,Q) 13:21, November 17, 2014 (UTC)

  • Croatia collapses into a hundred states •-• RexImperio (talk) 13:39, November 17, 2014 (UTC)
  • Lmao ^ -Swanky
  • Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands its infrastructure, and its subjects expand their economies. Oldenburgs proposals are graciously accepted. Meanwhile, along border towns near Oldenburg, word spreads that some citizens are growing restless, calling for war. An investigation discovers that a small group of speakers are the main culprits behind this. One soldier asks for a written copy of a speech, and notices that the man wrote, then attempted to scribble out a passage. The soldier tears the paper away, and sees the man tried to conceal an apparent break in his cover, writing "Nei" instead of "Neu". "Neu" is part of the Low Saxon dialect, common in the Hamburgian realms, while "Nei" is so far unique to the Bavarian dialect. The man is arrested as a spy attempting to incite disturbance, and under...thorough interrogation, reveals the names of his partners, who are immediately arrested. All of them are tried as spies, found guilty, and subsequently executed. Almost immediately, calls for war die down, while the identity of they spy's employer is attempted to be discovered. Theories range from the bavarian stock company or other bavarian merchant guild, hoping to eat into Hamburgs trade in the event of a war, to the Bavarian government itself. But the latter seems the most unlikely, due to good relations and numerous marital ties.
  • Suri Empire: Prince Fadeel Khan Lari is in need of a wife, the Sultan goes to his neighbors in Urdustan. Sultan Asad Khan Lari weds his daughter, Princess Aasmaa to Prince Sulimen VI of The Damascan Sultanate, creating a dynastic rule. Sultan Asad Khan Lari, after seeing immediate success of opium in Multan, he promotes the production of cannabis (indica) Border patrols continue. We continue to expand our military, bringing it to 175,000. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. After years of research, the students of Kahn Pir Islam developed a method to produce firearms at a much higher rate. Friendly relations with Urdustan and Lanka continue. We start vassalizing Tibet (Turn Two of Eight). The Sultan promotes local governors who are loyal to the thrown to lead all vassals of the Empire. Our small navy continues to grow, we now have 15 ships. With the growing navy, we can better protect our trade ships.
    • Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
    • Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Infrastructure is expanded. With the construction of (OTL) Fatehpuri Masjid brings in Muslims from all over south east Asia. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
    • Multan (vassal of the Suri Empire): Wāli Ahkeen Farooqui promotes the growth of tobacco and poppy (opium). Opium dens become popular. Our economy is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper and positive trading is continued. with Urdustan.
    • Ladakh (vassal of the Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Seeing the success of opium in Multan, the local governor orders the commissions local farmers to start growing opium. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
    • Port Hejaz (Red Sea): Wāli Abduhl Achbaar continues to expand Port Hejaz's infrastructure. Our navy is expanded to 12 ships from our original ten. We continue friendly trade relations with Rome.
    • Port Majaphit (Philippines): Sultan Asad Khan Lari allows the locals to elect their own governor. After tallying the votes, the people have voted into office Wāli Fahim Hadiz Iqbal, who comes from a wealthy mercantile family and supports the throne. His first order of business is start building a fleet to trade with his allies in the Indian Ocean.
  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
  • Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V dies on his 63rd birthday. Prince Sulimen VI is made Sultan and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 435,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 245,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 27.7 million. Relations with Urdustan are increased. Light flintlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 290,000. Prince Sulimen VI is now 39. Prince Sulimen VI has a son with Princess Aasmaa he is named Sulimen VII. Damascus and Suri enter a Dynastic Union. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the edges. We increase relations with the Suri Empire and Demak Sultanate. We continue to help the Kingdom of Nubia become Islamic, we send more holymen to spread the word of Muhammad and God. Sulimen VII is 19. We give an enclave to the Suri EmpireWe declare war on the Kingdom of Georgia. We thank the Suri Empire for their 25,000 soldiers, and use them in the war of Georgia. We invade Georgia. 50,000 soldiers are sent into Jerusalem to calm the riots. Religious harmony is pushed in the city. The new sultan explains to the people of Jerusalem: "Regardless that the nation in which Jerusalem is governed over happens to be Islamic, the city of Jerusalem is a key city in all three major Abrahamic religions. If any groups are started or officiate themselves in taking responsibility for the riots they will be removed immediately by force by the Damascan military. I cannot stress how important the peace in Jerusalem is to the rest of the world. Jerusalem is a small representation of harmony throughout the world. If the three major religions cannot tolerate each other in one city then it will be a heading for nations around the world to find reasons to not get along based on religious morals. I urge you all to forget about the deep rooted tensions in your personal beliefs and accept another for whom they are. We all believe in the almighty god, and are all God-fearing. We have this bond amongst ourselves, and it should be that we cooperate with one another that way Jerusalem can be a golden example to the rest of the world as to why different religious nations should work together instead of against one another." the Sultan, Sultan Sulimen VI stepped down from the main heading at Jerusalem and was escorted to the villa in Jerusalem. He stations 5,000 soldiers around the villa, and 20,000 around the villa walls. 25,000 others were sent to the Jewish, Muslim, and Christian districts to help rebuild homes, pay tributes, donate, and build hospitals and schools throughout the city. Jerusalem is being built to be the Jewel of all religions, and should be cherished for its harmony throughout its reputation to other nations. We request a suitable bride from the Dutch, somewhere from 16-26.
    • Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa has made Aleppraqht a vital economic trading area on the coast of Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 60,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
    • Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and infrastructure expands. With the small 10 px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
    • Cairo (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 345,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. We continue expanding the port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
    • Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swathed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand military. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed. Centralization begins and the differences of culture begins to splice.
  • Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. Although being dismissed as an accident, Emperor Yokohama III takes suspicion to the recent incident with the South China Company, creating tension between him and the Spanish government. Troops are mobilized into Camboida.
    • Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions. Troops are mobilized into Camboida.
    • Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1690.
    • Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
    • Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
    • North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhistism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5,000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control.
    • South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhistism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5,000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. Troops are mobilized into Camboida.
  • Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy, therefore importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan. [Mil/Eco Turn]
    • Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes[Mil/Eco Turn]
    • The Kiatagmiut Band: expands along the coastal regions of the Ogulmiut Band. We continue to interact with other Yupiks and the Alutiiq. The emphasis on trade remains. More to come.
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism.
  • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland through the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The nation is outraged by the Breton assassination, However the king decides to await for a more favorable time to punish the Breton Killing, The king, however, warns the Bretons and States clearly, "Any further damage to a French citizen in their territory or piracy or any sort of attempted attack at the Kingdom's subjects will be viewed as a war declaration and the rather view towards the Breton that France has kept will change rather quick. Blockades to Breton traders begins in the territories of the French Empire.
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
    • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.The war troops return as the war ends later on the year. The war ends by the end of the year
    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. The war ends by the end of the year.
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
    • French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue to be built to outlying villages and plantations continue to be built.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The war ends by the end of the year
    • Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
    • Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle. The Western Half of Chahta and Chickasha are annexed by the kingdom, while the rest is rewarded to the Colony of Rouenelle.
  • |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
  • Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Military turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. The Sabor reform ends. The educational reform begins with the creation of new universities in Red Croatia, White Croatia and Carantania (and to a lesser extent in Poland) and the blossoming of numerous new writers who, unlike before, adopt an writing style by looking up to the Ancient Greek and Roman writers. The Čudoljubovo University's works are slowly being copied and transfered to Red Croatia, primarily Zadar and Zagreb with both having major universities either built or improved such as the Zagreb University, consisting of natural sciences, philosophy, law and theology (prirodoslovlje, mudroslovlje, pravo i bogoslovlje). Timurism is deemed heresy and begins losing the little followers it had. Ragusan culture begins gaining more influence in all of the Bajanate. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the begining of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory.
    • ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. 
    • Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
    • Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
    • Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
    • Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
    • Isles of the Grand Bajanate: The colonizers push inward, expanding onto the unsettled part of the isles. Croats primarily begin settling the new lands.
    • Carantanian Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 200 sq km.
  • Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 15.1 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. The Royal spanish government in the Philippines begins figuring out how to re-colonize hawaii for Spain looking to retake what is rightfully Spanish claim. Hispania officially unveils its first few four-decker 140 gun warships, Being some of the largest ships put in existence by the European navies it comes as a shock to the Rest of Europe's major naval powers. 
    • ​Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well.
    • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
    • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 
    • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
    • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
    • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
    • Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
    • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
    • Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 20,000
    • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. 
    • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
    • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force.
    • Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
    • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
    • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
    • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities.  New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 4.3 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is achieved in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty.
    • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 105,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
    • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 375,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
    • Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty go underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
    • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized italians living along the coast.
    • East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories. 
    • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
    • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 120,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory. 
    • Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
    • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
    • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top of the line ships.
    • New Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Catalonia is given 10 top of the line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. 
  • Ayutthaya: We continue infleucncing our annexed regions of Laos and Cambodia and we continue our larger military presence. Ayutthaya is now split into four districts due to the expansion of many districts. We invest further into farming into our Southern Distcrists and Eastern Districts. We also expnd our military bases in the Eastern Districts. We continue our population of the Ayutthayan Nicobar with the population now reaching 165,000. 
  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Modernization continues, with numerous European immigrants accelerating technological advancements. Much of the upper class now speaks French in addition to Cree, and interest in French culture and food grows. Fishing continues to expand its importance to the Nehilaw economy, especially the massive cod fisheries off Newfoundland. Fishermen there come into contact with Croatian settlers, to general surprise. Meanwhile, farmers in northern areas finish domesticating captured musk oxen, in order to replace cattle, which generally die in huge numbers every winter. Nomadic herding, of reindeer, musk oxen and horses, increases in importance. Tsicha continues to be produced. The addition of certain herbs gives it hallucinogenic properties, making it far more popular than previously. The military grows, especially the navy. Cavalry increases in importance, while the navy and merchant marine reach a far larger size and efficiency from years of purchase, both from France and on the black market. Nehilaw traders plan a massive voyage to reach Europe for the first time, but this will probably not occur for some time, due to the logistics.
    • Chippewa: The economy improves while numerous Crees immigrate.
    • Mackinac: The economy improves.
    • Odawa: The economy improves.
    • Chisasibi: The economy improves.
    • North Ojibwe: The economy improves.
    • Nipissing: The economy improves.
  • Westphalia: This turn is officially dedicated to economic expansion. Our forces begin training using experience from recent wars, and ships are built in allied ports. Our colonies continue to be supplied through allied territory, although growth is slow. Revolts across the nation are put down by military force, but overall revolts decrease as the nation returns to normal. Trade increases with the nations of Oldenburg, Hamburg, and the Netherlands. Trade with our colonies and allies continues.
  • The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reliability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity. The Academia Canterbrigae releases its first peer reviewed journal, the Commentarium 'Academia Canterbrigae. This turn is officially dedicated to economic expansion.
    • Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
    • Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
    • New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
    • Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
    • Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
    • New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
    • Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
    • Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New **Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
    • L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
  • County of Oldenburg: The Regency Council, seeing our relations with Hamburg deteriorate, seeks rapprochement with the Hamburgers. The council suggests reinvigorating our alliance and trade partnership through more investment in Hamburg from the Oldenburger banks and vice-versa. In other news, the tensions in the Imperial Sea make the Regency Council extremely glad they didn't proceed with their harebrained scheme to purchase an island there. More investment is put into the Borealian colonies. Military is expanded.
    • Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: A lot more effort and money is put into the militia than usual. 
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1689, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Franz-Dominic I, aged 30, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Franz-Dominic continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King's children are: Maria (born 1684). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoration. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. Army reforms continue, making substantial progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by sweeping away feudal levies. In political news, Franz-Dominic I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament.
    • Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Franz-Dominic I, aged 30, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Franz-Dominic I continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
    • Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 186 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 29, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683). Albert II and Maria have a child this year, whom they name Albert.
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 49, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669). Mary of Pomerania is married to Henry von Hamburg in a matrilineal match, so children would be under the Wittelsbach dynasty. Franz-Ballard, knowing he is unable to produce children, and does not care much for another marriage, declares Mary to be his heir. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, whom they name Margaret.
    • Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
    • New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
    • Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers namePerlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
  • The Cherokee Nation: Continues its military expansion with General Galegenoh continuing the eastward push into the nomadic territory east of the Cherokee nation. The Cherokee nation expands 5000 sq km eastward into the nomadic territory with the intent of forming a common border with the Hamburg colony. Crown Prince Waya returns to the Cherokee capital with his bride-to-be Princess Ama of Shawana to meet his father, King Degataga who praises this union of the Cherokee and Shawana nations. The King, Crown Prince Waya and Prince Sequoyah meet to discuss what to do with the Koasati now that they refused the Cherokee's offer of peace and subordination. War is decided as the Koasati seem to pose little military threat, but the King also begins to wonder whether the much greater threat of the Mvskoke Etvlwv nation due to the mighty Creek leader. To solve the emerging Creek problem, Prince Sequoyah is sent to the Roman colony to meet with the Romans to discuss a joint war effort against the Creek, with the intention of splitting the Creek nation in half between the Cherokee-Shawana Nation and the Roman empire.
    • Cherokee Diplomacy: Prince Sequoyah comes to the Roman colonies, will you greet him gracefully and accept his plot for a joint war against the Creek Mvskoke Etvlwv nation?
  • In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. Knyaz-Namestnik Fredrik Hohenzollern is named the eventual "Acting Sovereign" by a decision after this year's Grand Summit, when they decided who would take on the responsibilities of the 68-year old Supreme Duchess in the eventual case of her demise. Another thing that came out of this year's Summit is the plan for a connected network of roads to increase communication between all the UK republics. The first steps to build a united road network is begun "To rival that of ancient Rome" at the City of Narva, where the first cobble roads are laid out, and construction begins to connect Pskov, Taalinn, and Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve. This is especially important because the city lies at the border, and the decision to start there only shows co-operations between all states involved. In any case, the situation in Danzig calms a bit. However, tensions remain high. The PIC goes to France to try and purchase the Caroline Islands, the southern of which they were already de facto administering anyway. In any case, Pskovian military and Navy get a slight boost due to the Economic growth occuring. Cash crops in the Americas such as cotton farmed in the Bahamas and Sugar and the like farmed in the Leeward Islands are big commodities in Europe and bring the PIC, and therefore Pskov, profit. Gold is also being mined in Zlatobrezhie which brings profit. Meanwhile, there, many administrators are now local, and Pskov are simply now the higher-ranking officials, already infiltrating the language and high culture, with many wealthy Zlatobrezhians gaining and education in the University of Pskov. The first academy is opened in Zlatobrezhie, run by the church, and as missionaries continue the work of thse sent before them, stuff happens, and Christianity grows. In any case, some traders set up shop in Senegal for the first time. The Pskovians manage to procure a trade deal with the local governement, and the PIC opens its first branch in the Senegalese capital. From there, they plan on discovering every resource exploitable, this multinational corporations will not elave a single source of income for Pskov untapped. The first meetings with the Etat de Danzig and croatia to settle the Danzig issue are scheduled for next year. The events in the neighbouring Russian states are watched with great intrigue, and a decision is made by the New Veche in a secret session to fund dissent amongst Russians against the tsar, and arm possible "republican" rebels in Novgorod. Much of the support comes from descendants of the Republcians in the Novgorod civil war that fled to Pskov once the civil war in Novgorod was over. Covert agents are sent into Novgorod and some into moscow to incite crowds against the Tsar. The Events in the Imperial Sea are viewed with much caution, as the PIC debates what to do, In the end, the decision is made to continue trading with everyone, and to pose a position of "armed neutrality" in the conflict. This position is adopted by many members of the Veche, and an act is passed declaring a state of "Readily Armed Neutrality" in the Americas, taking no position, and not firing unless fired upon, and continue to trade regardless of the actions of the parties.
    • The Federal Republic of Eesti: reacts with indifference to the tensions building up in Danzig. "It's not really our problem, let the United Republic deal with it" is the general sentiment to people that either know about it, or are peripherally involved, like the Riigikogu. In any case the military is upgraded with flintlocks and whatnot. The Peaminister of Eesti agrees to meet in Riga, and attends what he dubbed the "Grand Summit".
    • In Latvia, economic dev happens as farming methods are improved, and Pskovina merchants invest in possible future profits. The President of the Seima attends the Grand Summit.
    • In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit.
    • In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care of the fate of the "lesser" nobility). In any case, the Prussian army waits at the gates of Danzig, hoping to gain access to the city. However, the French do not let them in, and refuse to give taxes, as Danzig belonging to France is not official in any treaty, but rather de facto. This is due to the change in administration, and the public outcry by the new leader of the Bundestag. In any case, this might actually harm some people, so many Prussians living in cities watch the situation with great care ... or at least try to in the era of information traveling very slowly. The Chancellor attends the Grand Summit.
    • Scandinavian Empire: As peace is restored after the Alleghany Wars, Scandinavia proposes the creation of a new colony in the area called Jansylvania, named after Jans Eriksen, who discovered the area in the early 1500s. The capital is set at a trading post deep in Alleghany territory. The city is called Fritzborg after the general in charge of taking the land. Explorers work to explore lands along the Ohio River and along the Great Lakes. In the meantime, Scandinavian traders in the Sri Lanka region bring back with them a dodo bird. These birds, which have become increasingly rare, have captivated and marveled the Scandinavian public. It survives the voyage back to Scandinavia. There, King Kristoffer takes an interest in purchasing the bird. He does so and keeps one of the last known dodos as a pet. The economy expands.
        • Helluland: The economy is established.
        • Huronsmark: The economy is improved.
        • Iceland: The economy is improved.
        • Jansylvania: The economy is expanded.
        • Karelia: The economy expands.
        • New Gotland: The economy expands.
        • Schleswig: The economy is expanded.
        • Sjösmark: The economy is expanded this year as new rifles make it to Sjösmark. 
        • Strombek: The economy is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km.
        • Vinland: The economy is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km

Footnotes

Archives List
15th century 16th century 17th century 18th century 19th century 20th century 21st century
1400 to 1409
1410 to 1419
1420 to 1429
1430 to 1439
1440 to 1449
1450 to 1459
1460 to 1469
1470 to 1479
1480 to 1489
1490 to 1499
1500 to 1509
1510 to 1519
1520 to 1529
1530 to 1539
1540 to 1549
1550 to 1559
1560 to 1569
1570 to 1579
1580 to 1589
1590 to 1599
1600 to 1609
1610 to 1619
1620 to 1629
1630 to 1639
1640 to 1649
1650 to 1659
1660 to 1669
1670 to 1679
1680 to 1689
1690 to 1699
1700 to 1709
1710 to 1719
1720 to 1729
1730 to 1739
1740 to 1749
1750 to 1759
1760 to 1769
1770 to 1779
1780 to 1789
1790 to 1799
1800 to 1809
1810 to 1819
1820 to 1829
1830 to 1839
1840 to 1849
1850 to 1859
1860 to 1869
1870 to 1879
1880 to 1889
1890 to 1899
1900 to 1909
1910 to 1919
1920 to 1929
1930 to 1939
1940 to 1949
1950 to 1959
1960 to 1969
1970 to 1979
1980 to 1989
1990 to 1999
2000 to 2009
2010 to 2015

Also on Fandom

Random Wiki